f10kt_123114-5468.htm

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
[] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: ________________
[X] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from July 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

Commission File No. 001-33246

MSB FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

United States
 
34-1981437
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1902 Long Hill Road, Millington, New Jersey
   
07946-0417
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
   
(Zip Code)
 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 908-647-4000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.10 par value
 
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES [  ] NO [X]
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES [  ] NO [X]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.YES [X] NO [  ]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  [X] YES [  ] NO
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES [  ] NO [X]
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the Registrant’s common stock as quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on June 30, 2014, was approximately $15.5 million.
 
As of March 2, 2015 there were 5,010,437 shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
None
 

 
 

 


MSB FINANCIAL CORP.

FORM 10-K

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

INDEX

 
PART 1
     
Page
Item 1.
 
Business
 
1
Item 1A.
 
Risk Factors
 
33
Item 1B.
 
Unresolved Staff Comments
 
33
Item 2.
 
Properties
 
34
Item 3.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
34
Item 4.
 
Mine Safety Disclosures
 
34
         
PART II
       
Item 5.
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
   and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
35
Item 6.
 
Selected Financial Data
 
36
Item 7.
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations
 
 
36
Item 7A.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
54
Item 8.
 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
55
Item 9.
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
   Financial Disclosure
 
 
55
Item 9A.
 
Controls and Procedures
 
55
Item 9B.
 
Other Information
 
57
         
PART III
       
Item 10.
 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
57
Item 11.
 
Executive Compensation
 
63
Item 12.
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
   Related Stockholder Matters
 
 
69
Item 13.
 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
   Independence
 
 
73
Item 14.
 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
73
         
PART IV
       
Item 15.
 
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
74
         
SIGNATURES
       



  i
 

 


PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

MSB Financial Corp. (the “Company”) may from time to time make written or oral “forward-looking statements,” including statements contained in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the private securities litigation reform act of 1995.

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company’s plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions, which are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company’s control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements: The strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”), inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the Company and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared to competitors’ products and services; the willingness of users to substitute competitors’ products and services for the Company’s products and services; the success of the Company in gaining regulatory approval of its products and services, when required; the impact of changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); technological changes, acquisitions; market volatility; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; and the success of the Company at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

The Company cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

Item 1. Business

General

The Company is a federally chartered corporation organized in 2004 for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock that Millington Savings Bank (the “Bank”) issued in its mutual holding company reorganization. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the Company conducted its initial public offering and sold 2,529,281 shares including 202,342 shares acquired by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan for net proceeds of approximately $24.5 million. The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 1902 Long Hill Road, Millington, New Jersey 07946-0417 and its telephone number at that address is (908) 647-4000.

MSB Financial, MHC (the “MHC”) is a federally chartered mutual holding company that was formed in 2004 in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization. The MHC has not engaged in any significant business since its formation. So long as the MHC is in existence, it will at all times own a majority of the outstanding stock of the Company.

 
1

 
The Bank is a New Jersey-chartered stock savings bank and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had 57 full time equivalent employees.  The Bank maintains a website at www.millingtonsb.com.  Information on the Bank’s website should not be treated as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Bank is regulated by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  The MHC and the Company are regulated as savings and loan holding companies by the Federal Reserve, as successor to the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).

Throughout this document, references to “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to the Bank or Company, or both, as the context indicates.

Change in Fiscal Year End

Effective November 17, 2014, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.  This Transition Report on Form 10-K is being filed for the six month transition period ended December 31, 2014 (the “Transition Period”).

Adoption of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

On November 17, 2014, the Boards of Directors of the Company, the Bank and the MHC adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the MHC will undertake a “second-step” conversion and both the MHC and the Company will cease to exist.  The Bank will reorganize from the two-tier mutual holding company form of organization to a fully-public stock holding company form of organization. The terms of the Plan provide for the sale of shares of a newly-formed holding company representing the MHC’s ownership interest in the Company and for the exchange of shares of the Company for shares of the new holding company pursuant to an exchange ratio designed to approximate the existing shareholders’ percentage ownership interest after giving effect to assets held at the MHC level and dividend previously waived by the MHC as required by bank regulators.  As of the date hereof, the MHC owned approximately 61.7% of the outstanding shares of the Company.
 
MSB Financial Corp., a Maryland-chartered holding company, will offer shares of its common stock for sale to the Bank’s eligible account holders, to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and to members of the general public in a subscription and community offering in the manner, and subject to the priorities, set forth in the Plan. The highest priority will be depositors with qualifying deposits as of September 30, 2013.
 
The conversion and reorganization are subject to the approval of the depositors of the Bank, the stockholders of the Company, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  See Note 20 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Competition

We operate in a market area with a high concentration of banking and other financial institutions, and we face substantial competition in attracting deposits and in originating loans. A number of our competitors are significantly larger institutions with greater financial and managerial resources and lending limits. Our ability to compete successfully is a significant factor affecting our growth potential and profitability.

 
2

 
Our competition for deposits and loans historically has come from other insured financial institutions such as local and regional commercial banks, savings institutions, and credit unions located in our primary market area. We also compete with mortgage banking and finance companies for real estate loans and with commercial banks and savings institutions for consumer loans, and we face competition for funds from investment products such as mutual funds, short-term money funds and corporate and government securities. There are large competitors operating throughout our total market area, and we also face strong competition from other community-based financial institutions.

Lending Activities

We have traditionally focused on the origination of one- to four-family loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, which together comprise a substantial portion of the total loan portfolio. We also provide financing for commercial real estate, including multi-family dwellings/apartment buildings, service/retail and mixed-use properties, churches and non-profit properties, medical and dental facilities and other commercial real estate. Additionally, we originate residential and commercial construction loans and commercial and industrial loans. Our consumer loans are comprised of automobile loans, personal loans, account loans and overdraft lines of credit.


 
3

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following tables analyze the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio by loan category at the dates indicated.  Except as set forth below, there were no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans.
 
 
   
At
December 31,
     
At June 30,
   
   
2014
     
2014
     
2013
     
2012
     
2011
   
2010
   
   
Amount
 
Percent
     
Amount
 
Percent
     
Amount
 
Percent
     
Amount
 
Percent
     
Amount
 
Percent
   
Amount
 
Percent
   
   
(Dollars in thousands)
   
Type of Loans:
                                                                                 
One- to four-family real estate
 
$
144,966
 
61.19
%
   
$
143,283
 
60.50
%
   
$
136,704
 
59.79
%
   
$
141,927
 
57.65
%
   
$
149,399
 
57.66
%
 
$
155,241
 
56.94
%
 
Commercial and multi-family real estate
   
31,637
 
13.35
       
32,036
 
13.53
       
32,171
 
14.07
       
32,181
 
13.07
       
32,559
 
12.57
     
33,776
 
12.39
   
Construction
   
12,651
 
5.34
       
12,517
 
5.29
       
8,895
 
3.89
       
11,669
 
4.74
       
16,633
 
6.42
     
16,639
 
6.10
   
Home equity
   
36,847
 
15.55
       
38,484
 
16.25
       
40,682
 
17.79
       
49,224
 
19.99
       
50,240
 
19.39
     
56,862
 
20.86
   
Commercial and industrial
   
9,663
 
4.08
       
9,666
 
4.08
       
9,267
 
4.05
       
10,092
 
4.10
       
9,325
 
3.60
     
9,190
 
3.37
   
Consumer
   
1,152
 
0.49
       
832
 
0.35
       
929
 
0.41
       
1,107
 
0.45
       
941
 
0.36
     
918
 
0.34
   
                                                                                   
Total loans receivable
   
236,916
 
100.00
%
     
236,818
 
100.00
%
     
228,648
 
100.00
%
     
246,200
 
100.00
%
     
259,097
 
100.00
%
   
272,626
 
100.00
%
 
                                                                                   
Less:
                                                                                 
Construction loans in process
   
(1,499
         
(2,491
)
         
(745
)
         
(2,261
)
         
(3,452
)
       
(4,027
)
     
Allowance for loan losses
   
(3,634
         
(3,686
)
         
(4,270
)
         
(3,065
)
         
(2,170
)
       
(2,588
)
     
Deferred loan fees
   
(334
         
(366
)
         
(377
)
         
(354
)
         
(224
)
       
(197
)
     
                                                                                   
Total loans receivable, net
 
$
231,449
         
$
230,275
         
$
223,256
         
$
240,520
         
$
253,251
       
$
265,814
       



 
4

 

Loan Maturity Schedule. The following table sets forth the maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2014. Demand loans, loans having no stated maturity, and overdrafts are presented as due in one year or less. The construction loans presented in the table as of December 31, 2014 are net of $1.5 million of undistributed amounts. The table presents contractual maturities and does not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.

   
At December 31, 2014
 
   
One- to Four-
Family
Real Estate
   
 
Commercial
and Multi-family Real Estate
   
 
 
Construction
   
 
 
Consumer
   
 
 
Home Equity
   
Commercial and Industrial
   
 
 
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Amounts Due:
                                                       
  Within 1 Year
 
$
8,079
   
$
1,935
   
$
8,959
   
$
826
   
$
1,985
   
$
2,712
   
$
24,496
 
                                                         
After 1 year:
                                                       
  1 to 5 years
   
10,567
     
14,096
     
2,193
     
234
     
10,898
     
6,020
     
44,008
 
  5 to 10 years
   
8,047
     
4,164
     
-
     
92
     
11,361
     
649
     
24,313
 
  After 10 years
   
118,273
     
11,442
     
-
        -      
12,603
     
282
     
142,600
 
  Total due after one year
   
136,887
     
29,702
     
2,193
     
326
     
34,862
     
6,951
     
210,921
 
                                                         
 Total
 
$
144,966
   
$
31,637
   
$
11,152
   
$
1,152
   
$
36,847
   
$
9,663
   
$
235,417
 



 
5

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2014 due after December 31, 2015, which have fixed interest rates and which have floating or adjustable interest rates.

   
 
Fixed Rates
   
Floating or
Adjustable
Rates
   
 
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                         
One-to four-family real estate
 
$
104,075
   
$
32,812
   
$
136,887
 
Commercial real estate and multi-family
   
26,343
     
3,359
     
29,702
 
Construction
   
2,155
     
38
     
2,193
 
Consumer
   
326
     
-
     
326
 
Home equity
   
13,591
     
21,271
     
34,862
 
Commercial and industrial
   
1,996
     
4,955
     
6,951
 
Total
 
$
148,486
   
$
62,435
   
$
210,921
 
 
One- to Four-Family Real Estate Mortgages. Our primary lending activity consists of the origination of one- to four-family first mortgage loans.  We offer fixed rate, conventional mortgage loans with terms from 5 to 30 years.

We also originate adjustable rate mortgages, or ARMs, with up to 30 year terms at rates based upon the U.S. Treasury One Year Constant Maturity as an index. Our ARMs currently reset on an annual basis, beginning with the first year, and have a 200 basis point annual increase cap and a 600 basis point lifetime adjustment cap.  We do not originate “teaser” rate or negative amortization loans.

We are also offering a loan program whereby we offer an initial rate for a fixed period of time, normally 7 to 10 years, and thereafter there is one preset interest rate adjustment based on competitive rates.

Substantially all residential mortgages include “due on sale” clauses, which are provisions giving us the right to declare a loan immediately payable if the borrower sells or otherwise transfers an interest in the property to a third party. Property appraisals on real estate securing one-to four-family residential loans are made by state certified or licensed independent appraisers and are performed in accordance with applicable regulations and policies. We require title insurance policies on all first lien one-to four-family residential loans and all home equity loans over $250,000.  Homeowners, liability, fire and, if applicable, flood insurance policies are also required.

We provide financing on residential investment properties with 5 to 30 year fixed duration mortgages. Our investment property lending product is available to individuals or proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability corporations, and corporations with personal guarantees. All investment property is underwritten on its ability substantially to carry itself, unless the property is a two-family residence with the mortgagor living in one of the units. Preference is given to those loans where rental income covers all operating expenses, including but not limited to principal and interest, real estate taxes, hazard insurance, utilities, maintenance, and reserve. The cash coverage ratio to cover operating expenses must be at least 1.25 times.  Any negative cash flow will be included in the borrower’s total debt ratio.  At December 31, 2014, Investment properties secured by one- to four-family homes totaled $32.5 million.

 
6

 

We generally originate one-to four-family first mortgage loans for primary residences with loan-to-value ratios up to 80% depending on the collateral value and investment properties with loan-to-value ratios up to 80%.

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Mortgages. Our commercial real estate lending includes multi-family dwellings/apartment buildings, service/retail and mixed-use properties, churches and non-profit properties, medical and dental facilities and other commercial real estate. Our commercial real estate mortgage loans are typically a 3 to 10 year balloon mortgage.  Multi-family can be amortized over 30 years with periodic rate resets and all other commercial properties have a maximum amortization period of 25 years or 15 year fixed duration mortgages on all types of commercial properties. This type of lending is made available to proprietorships, partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations with personal guarantees. All commercial property is underwritten on its ability substantially to provide satisfactory cash flows.  A cash flow and lease analysis is performed for each property. Preference is given to those loans where rental income covers all operating expenses, including but not limited to principal and interest, real estate tax, hazard insurance, utilities, maintenance, and reserve. The cash coverage ratio to cover operating expenses must be at least 1.20 times for multi-family and 1.25 times for all other commercial loans.  Any negative cash flow will be included in the limit on the borrower’s total debt ratio. Cash from other assets of the borrower, who may own multiple properties and generate a surplus, can be made available to cover debt-service shortages of the financed property. Maximum loan-to-value ratios on commercial real estate loans range from 65% to 75%.

The management skills of the borrower are judged on the basis of his/her professional experience and must be documented to meet the Company’s satisfaction in relation to the desired project. The assets of the borrower must indicate his/her ability to support the proposed investment, both in terms of liquidity and net worth, and tangible history of the borrower’s capability and experience must be evident.

Unlike single-family residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income, and which are secured by real property the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, multi-family and commercial real estate loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business or rental income. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial real estate and multi-family loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself , the tenants and the general economic environment. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans, therefore, have greater credit risk than one-to four-family residential mortgages or consumer loans. In addition, commercial real estate and multi-family loans generally result in larger balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

Construction Loans. We originate construction loans for an owner-occupied residence or to a builder with a valid contract of sale. We also provide financing for speculative residential or commercial construction and development with individual consideration given to builders based on their past performance, workmanship, and financial worth. Our construction lending includes loans for construction or major renovations or improvements of owner-occupied residences.  The portfolio consists primarily of properties held by real estate developers.

Construction loans are mortgages up to 18 months in duration. Funds are disbursed periodically upon inspections made by our inspectors on the percentage of work completed, as per the approved budget. Funds disbursed may not exceed 60% of the loan-to-value of land and 80% of the loan-to-value of improvements any time during construction.  Interest rates on disbursed funds are based on the rates and terms set at the time of closing.  The majority of our construction loans are variable rate loans with rates tied to the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a premium.  The Bank also has
 
7

 
established a floor rate on all transactions.  A minimum of interest-only payments on disbursed funds must be made on a monthly basis.

Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending. If the estimate of construction cost proves to be inaccurate, we may be compelled to advance additional funds to complete the construction with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that we will be able to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time.

Consumer Loans. Our consumer lending products consist of new and used automobile loans, secured and unsecured personal loans, account loans and overdraft lines of credit. The maximum term for a loan on a new or used automobile is six years and four years, respectively. We will lend up to 80% of retail value or dealer invoice on a car loan. We offer a reduction on the interest rate for car loans if payments are automatically deducted from a Millington Savings Bank checking or statement savings account.

Our personal loans have terms of up to four years with a minimum and maximum balance of $1,000 and $5,000, respectively. A reduction to the interest rate is offered for loans with automatic debit repayment from a Millington Savings Bank checking or statement savings account. Our account loans permit a depositor to borrow up to 90% of his or her funds on deposit with us in certificate of deposit accounts. The interest rate is the current rate paid to the depositor, plus a premium. A minimum payment of interest only is required. We offer an overdraft line of credit with a minimum of $500 and up to a maximum of $5,000 and an interest rate tied to the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a premium.

Consumer lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending. Consumer loan repayment is dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and can be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, personal bankruptcy and other factors. The application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on consumer loans in the event of a default. Account loans are fully secured.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. We offer fixed rate home equity loans and variable rate home equity lines of credit with a minimum credit limit of $5,000. Collateral valuation is established through a variety of methods, including an on-line appraisal valuation estimator, drive by appraisals, recent assessed tax value, purchase price or consideration value as evidenced by a deed or property search report or a report of comparable real estate properties from a licensed realtor. Loan requests over $50,000, however, require a drive by appraisal and amounts over $100,000 require full appraisals.  Loan requests over $500,000 require Loan Committee approval. Loan requests over $3.0 million require Board approval.  The loan-to-value limit on home equity lending varies depending on the collateral value and ranges from 65% up to 80%. The variable rate on home equity lines of credit is adjusted monthly and is currently set at prime for owner occupied properties and prime plus a premium for investment properties. The fixed rate loans on investment property are also higher than fixed rate owner occupied home equity loans. We generally provide home equity financing only for a first or second lien position.

Our fixed rate home equity loans have terms of 5 to 30 years. All new variable rate home equity lines of credit have terms of 10 years interest only draw period and a 15 year repayment period with a loan to value of up to 80%.  Our existing portfolio of home equity lines is also comprised of interest only home equity lines of credit based on a 10 year and 15 year term with principal and interest repayments
 
 
8

 
based on a 15 year period.  . The loan-to-value limit on interest only home equity financing is 70% on owner-occupied property and 60% on investment property.  We also offer bridge loans with a variable rate and a 70% loan-to-value limit on owner-occupied property and 60% on investment property.

Commercial and Industrial Loans. We offer revolving lines of credit to businesses to finance short-term working capital needs like accounts receivable and inventory. These lines of credit may be unsecured or secured by accounts receivable and inventory or real estate. We generally provide such financing for no more than a 3 year term and with a variable rate.

We also originate commercial term loans to fund longer-term borrowing needs such as purchasing equipment, property improvements or other fixed asset needs. These loans are secured by new and used machinery, equipment, fixtures, furniture or other long-term fixed assets and have terms of 1 to 15 years. We originate commercial term loans for other general long-term business purposes, and these loans are secured by real estate. Principal and interest on commercial term loans is payable monthly.

The normal minimum amount for our commercial term loans and lines of credit is $5,000. The maximum amount is based on the loan to value limits set in our policy.  We typically do not provide working capital loans to businesses outside our normal market area or to new businesses where repayment is dependent solely on future profitable operation of the business. We avoid originating loans for which the primary source of repayment could be liquidation of the collateral securing the loan in light of poor repayment prospects. We typically require personal guarantees on all commercial loans, regardless of other collateral securing the loan.

The loan-to-value limits on commercial lending vary according to the collateral. Loans secured by real estate may be originated for up to an 80% loan-to-value ratio. Other limits are as follows: Savings accounts-90% of the deposit amount; new equipment-75% of purchase price; and used equipment-the lesser of 75% of the purchase price or current market value.

Loans to One Borrower. The Bank’s regulatory limit on total loans to any borrower or attributed to any one borrower is 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, our loans to one borrower legal limit was approximately $6.0 million.

The Bank’s lending policies require Board approval before any borrower’s existing and/or committed borrowings from the Bank may exceed $4.5 million in the aggregate. Any single loan in excess of $3.0 million also requires prior Board approval.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s largest lending relationship with a single borrower totaled $5.2 million, consisting of a $4.1 million commercial real estate loan, a $920,000 one-to four-family loan and a $163,000 commercial real estate loan.  Two of the loans were secured by commercial properties and the other loan was secured by a single family residence and all were performing according to their terms.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Solicitation and Processing. Our customary sources of loan applications include repeat customers, referrals from realtors and other professionals and “walk-in” customers. Our residential loan originations are driven by the Bank’s reputation, as opposed to being advertising driven.

We normally do not sell loans into the secondary mortgage market and did not sell any loans in the five year period ended December 31, 2014.  It is our policy to retain the loans we originate in our portfolio. We have not uniformly originated our real estate mortgage loans to meet the documentation standards to sell loans in the secondary mortgage market. We may do so, however, in the future if we find
 
 
9

 
it desirable in connection with interest rate risk management to sell longer term fixed rate mortgages into the secondary mortgage market.

We did not purchase any whole loans in the five-year period ended December 31, 2014. We did, however, purchase insignificant participation interests in loans originated by other banks during this period.  The Company expects to more actively utilize participations to grow the portfolio and currently has approximately $7.0 million in loan participations under review.
 
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Lending policies and loan approval limits are approved and adopted by the Board of Directors. Lending authority is vested primarily in President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer. Each of these officers may approve loans within the following limits: first mortgage real estate and construction loans up to $500,000; home equity loans up to $500,000; consumer loans up to $500,000; and commercial loans up to $500,000.  Loans in excess of $500,000 but under $3.0 million require the approval of the Loan Committee consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Lending Officer and the Chief Credit Officer.  Prior Board approval is required for all loans in excess of $3.0 million and all loans with any exception to loan policies, regardless of amount.  The Board also must give prior approval for any aggregation of existing and/or committed loans to one borrower that exceeds $4.5 million. Certain other Bank employees also have limited lending authority.

Asset Quality

Loan Delinquencies and Collection Procedures. The Company’s procedures for delinquent loans are as follows:

15 days delinquent:
late charge added, first delinquent notice mailed
30 days delinquent:
second delinquent notice mailed
45 days delinquent:
additional late charge, third delinquent notice mailed, telephone contact made
60 days delinquent:
telephone contact made, separate letter mailed
90 days delinquent:
decision made to refer to attorney to send demand letter
 
       120 days delinquent:    attorney to file complaint to begin legal action

When a loan is 90 days delinquent, the Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer or the President may determine to refer it to an attorney to send demand letter.  After 120 days, attorney is able to start the foreclosure proceedings by filing a complaint with the court.  All reasonable attempts are made to collect from borrowers prior to referral to an attorney for collection. In certain instances, we may modify the loan or grant a limited moratorium on loan payments to enable the borrower to reorganize his or her financial affairs, and we attempt to work with the borrower to establish a repayment schedule to cure the delinquency.

As to mortgage loans, if a foreclosure action is taken and the loan is not reinstated, paid in full or refinanced, the property is sold at judicial sale at which we may be the buyer if there are no adequate offers to satisfy the debt. Any property acquired as the result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until it is sold or otherwise disposed of. When real estate owned is acquired, it is recorded at the lower of cost or its fair market value less estimated selling costs. The initial write-down of the property is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Adjustments to the carrying value of the property that result from subsequent declines in value are charged to operations in the period in which the declines occur. At December 31, 2014, we had $1.3 million in other real estate owned.

 
10

 
As to commercial loans, the Company requests updated financial statements when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. As to account loans, the outstanding balance is collected from the related account along with accrued interest when the loan is 180 days delinquent.

Loans are reviewed on a regular basis, and all delinquencies of 60 days or more are reported to the Board of Directors. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are more than 90 days delinquent, except for such loans which are “well secured” and “in the process of collection.”  In addition a loan may be placed on non-accrual status at any time if, in the opinion of management, the collection of the loan in full is doubtful. An asset is “well secured” if it is secured (1) by collateral in the form of liens on or pledges of real or personal property, including securities, that have a realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt (including accrued interest) in full, or (2) by the guarantee of a financially responsible party.  An asset is “in process of collection” if collection of the asset is proceeding in due course either (1) through legal action, including judgment enforcement procedures, or (2) in appropriate circumstances, through collection efforts not involving legal action which are reasonably expected to result in repayment of the debt or its restoration to a current status in the near future.

Loans with interest accrued and unpaid during the year are placed on non-accrual status and are charged against interest income.  Interest accrued and unpaid in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent payments are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectability of the loan. At December 31, 2014, we had approximately $5.7 million of loans that were held on a non-accrual basis, all of which were classified as impaired with $544,000 subject to specific loss allowances totaling $7,000.

 
11

 
Non-Performing Assets. The following table provides information regarding our non-performing loans and other non-performing assets as of the dates indicated.

   
At
December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
   
2014
 
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
2010
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
                                           
One-to four-family real estate
 
$
3,360
 
$
4,346
   
$
7,955
   
$
9,003
   
$
8,317
 
$
6,764
 
Commercial and multi-family real estate
   
1,239
   
1,248
     
2,587
     
2,337
     
3,132
   
3,465
 
Construction
   
65
   
137
     
601
     
1,258
     
1,027
   
864
 
Consumer
   
-
   
-
     
802
     
-
     
2
   
9
 
Home equity
   
430
   
1,586
     
1,502
     
923
     
950
   
2,281
 
Commercial and industrial
   
628
   
635
     
-
     
1,064
     
642
   
514
 
Total (1)
   
5,722
   
7,952
     
13,447
     
14,585
     
14,070
   
13,897
 
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more:
                                           
One-to four-family real estate
   
360
   
310
     
501
     
1,263
     
1,369
   
1,439
 
Commercial and multi-family real estate
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
   
-
 
Construction
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
   
-
 
Consumer
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
1
     
-
   
2
 
Home equity
   
-
   
51
     
146
     
906
     
934
   
321
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
   
-
 
Total
   
360
   
361
     
647
     
2,170
     
2,303
   
1,762
 
Total non-performing loans
 
$
6,082
 
$
8,313
   
$
14,094
   
$
16,755
   
$
16,373
 
$
15,659
 
Total non-performing assets (2)
 
$
7,365
 
$
8,722
   
$
14,624
   
$
16,755
   
$
17,234
 
$
16,726
 
                                             
Accruing loans modified in troubled debt restructuring
 
$
11,525
 
$
13,439
   
$
11,848
   
$
7,061
   
$
543
 
$
6,555
 
                                             
Total non-performing loans to total loans
   
2.59
%
 
3.51
%
   
6.16
%
   
6.81
%
   
6.32
%
 
5.74
%
Total non-performing loans to total assets
   
1.79
%
 
2.41
%
   
4.00
%
   
4.82
%
   
4.69
%
 
4.36
%
Total non-performing assets to total assets
   
2.16
%
 
2.53
%
   
4.15
%
   
4.82
%
   
4.93
%
 
4.66
%
__________________
(1)  
Includes $4.6 million, $3.2 million, $6.2 million, $5.1 million, $2.4 million and $2.9 million in troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2014 and June 30 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2)  
Total non-performing assets consist of total non-performing loans and other real estate owned of $1.3 million, $409,000, $530,000, $-, $861,000 and $11 million at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.


At December 31, 2014, there were no loans not disclosed in the table above where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

During the Transition Period ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended June 30, 2014, gross interest income of $158,000 and $400,000, respectively, would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis and $282,000 and $533,000, respectively, would have been recorded on troubled debt restructurings if those loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, and $118,000, $275,000, $282,000 and $585,000, respectively, of interest collected on such loans was included in income. 

 
12

 
Classified Assets. The Company in compliance with the Uniform Credit Classification and Account Management Policy adopted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Company has an internal loan review program, whereby non-performing loans are classified as special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. It is our policy to review the loan portfolio, in accordance with regulatory classification procedures, on at least a quarterly basis. When a loan is classified as substandard or doubtful, management is required to evaluate the loan for impairment. When management classifies a portion of a loan as loss, a reserve equal to 100% of the loss amount is required to be established or the loan is to be charged-off, if a conforming loss event has occurred.

An asset that does not currently expose the Company to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant an adverse classification, but which possesses credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention is classified as “special mention.”

An asset classified as “substandard” is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified have well-defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

An asset classified as “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in a “substandard” asset with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of a loss on a doubtful asset is high.

That portion of an asset classified as “loss” is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as an asset, without charge-off, is not warranted. This classification does not necessarily mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value; but rather, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Management’s classification of assets is reviewed by the Board on a regular basis and by the regulatory agencies as part of their examination process.


 
13

 

The following table discloses the Company’s classification of loans as of December 31, 2014.

   
At
December 31, 2014
 
   
(In thousands)
 
       
Special Mention
  $ 3,386  
Substandard
    2,448  
Doubtful
    -  
Loss
    -  
Total
  $ 5,834  

At December 31, 2014, 14 out of the 21 loans adversely classified, totaling $1.9 million, are included as non-performing loans in the non-performing assets table.

Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments.  The allowance for loan losses represents
 
 
14

 
management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the Statement of Financial Condition date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The reserve for unfunded credit commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in its unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable that are deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance when management determines that the repayment of that amount is highly unlikely.    Any subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount deemed uncollectible.  

Management, in determining the allowance for loan losses, considers the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan) is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class.  These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these classes of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors.  Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.  The unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

The allowance calculation methodology includes segregation of the total loan portfolio into segments. The Company’s loans receivable portfolio is comprised of the following segments: residential mortgage, commercial real estate, construction, consumer and commercial and industrial. Some segments of the Company’s loan receivable portfolio are further disaggregated into classes which allows management to better monitor risk and performance.
 
The residential mortgage loan segment is disaggregated into two classes: one-to four-family loans, which are primarily first liens, and home equity loans, which consist of first and second liens.  The commercial real estate loan segment consists of both owner and non-owner occupied loans and are further disaggregated into owner-occupied loans and investor properties,, which have medium risk due to historical activity on these type loans.  The construction loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes: one-to four-family owner occupied, which includes land loans, whereby the owner is known and there is less risk, and other, whereby the property is generally under development and tends to have more risk than the one-to four-family owner occupied loans.  The commercial and industrial loan segment consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of commercial customers. The majority of commercial and industrial loans are secured by real estate and thus carry a lower risk than traditional commercial and industrial loans.  The consumer loan segment consists primarily of installment loans and overdraft lines of credit connected with customer deposit accounts.  

Management evaluates individual loans in all of the loan segments (including loans in residential mortgage and consumer segments) for possible impairment if the recorded investment in the loan is greater than $200,000 and if the loan is either in nonaccrual status or risk rated Substandard or worse or has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.  A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors
 
 
15

 
considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
 
Loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a reduction in interest rate, a below market interest rate based on risk, or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification.   Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired.
 
The evaluation of the need and amount of the allowance for impaired loans and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis.  The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from its overall policy for interest recognition.

In addition, the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our loan and real estate owned portfolios and the related allowance for loan losses and valuation allowance for real estate owned. They may require the allowance for loan losses or the valuation allowance for real estate owned to be increased based on their review of information available at the time of the examination, which would negatively affect our earnings.

 
16

 


The following table sets forth information with respect to the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

     
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
     
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
     
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
     
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Allowance balance at beginning of period
   
$
3,686
   
$
4,270
   
$
4,270
   
$
3,065
     
$
2,170
   
$
2,588
   
$
1,808
 
Provision for loan losses
     
100
     
300
     
600
     
4,044
       
2,217
     
1,686
     
1,600
 
Charge-offs:
                                                           
One-to four-family real estate
     
57
     
498
     
522
     
1,574
       
857
     
1,134
     
6
 
Commercial and multi-family real estate
     
-
     
340
     
340
     
348
       
5
     
155
     
166
 
Construction
     
73
     
118
     
119
     
333
       
-
     
34
     
487
 
Consumer
     
2
     
-
     
9
     
5
       
17
     
8
     
14
 
Home equity
     
285
     
-
     
15
     
293
       
443
     
759
     
148
 
Commercial and industrial
     
1
     
54
     
236
     
342
       
2
     
14
     
-
 
Total charge-offs
     
418
     
1,010
     
1,241
     
2,895
       
1,324
     
2,104
     
821
 
                                                             
Recoveries:
                                                           
Consumer
     
-
     
-
     
-
        -        
2
     
-
     
1
 
One-to four-family real estate
     
6
     
11
     
35
     
42
       
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction
     
229
     
-
     
14
     
14
       
-
     
-
     
-
 
Home equity
     
31
     
-
     
-
     
-
       
-
     
-
     
-
 
Commercial and industrial
     
-
     
8
     
8
     
-
       
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total recoveries
     
266
     
19
     
57
     
56
       
2
     
-
     
1
 
Net charge-offs
     
152
     
991
     
1,184
     
2,839
       
1,322
     
2,104
     
820
 
Allowance balance at end of period
   
$
3,634
   
$
3,579
   
$
3,686
   
$
4,270
     
$
3,065
   
$
2,170
   
$
2,588
 
Total loans outstanding at end of period
   
$
236,916
   
$
236,962
   
$
236,818
   
$
228,648
     
$
246,200
   
$
259,097
   
$
272,626
 
Average loans outstanding during period
   
$
236,867
   
$
231,527
   
$
232,148
   
$
237,776
     
$
248,124
   
$
264,476
   
$
277,379
 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
non-performing loans
     
59.75
%
   
43.81
%
   
44.34
%
   
30.30
%
     
18.29
%
   
13.25
%
   
16.53
%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans
     
1.53
%
   
1.51
%
   
1.56
%
   
1.87
%
     
1.24
%
   
0.84
%
   
0.95
%
Net loans charged-off as a percentage of average loans
(six-month periods annualized)
     
0.13
%
   
0.86
%
   
0.51
%
   
1.19
%
     
0.53
%
   
0.80
%
   
0.30
%


 
17

 
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allocation of the Company’s allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans receivable at the dates indicated. The portion of the loan loss allowance allocated to each loan category does not represent the total available for future losses that may occur within the loan category since the total loan loss allowance is a valuation allocation applicable to the entire loan portfolio.


   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
   
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                         
One-to-four family real estate
 
$
1,786
 
61.19
%
 
$
1,851
 
60.50
%
 
$
2,488
 
59.79
%
 
$
1,251
 
57.65
%
 
$
733
 
57.66
%
 
$
969 
 
56.94
%
Commercial and multi-family real estate
   
885
 
13.35
     
860
 
13.53
     
706
 
14.07
     
445
 
13.07
     
303
 
12.57
     
507 
 
12.39
 
Construction
   
317
 
5.34
     
379
 
5.29
     
238
 
3.89
     
527
 
4.74
     
514
 
6.42
     
272 
 
6.10
 
Home equity
   
323
 
15.55
     
332
 
16.25
     
548
 
17.79
     
557
 
19.99
     
397
 
19.39
     
665 
 
20.86
 
Commercial  and industrial
   
290
 
4.08
     
256
 
4.08
     
276
 
4.05
     
272
 
4.10
     
211
 
3.60
     
164 
 
3.37
 
Consumer
   
6
 
0.49
     
8
 
0.35
     
11
 
0.41
     
13
 
0.45
     
12
 
0.36
     
11
 
0.34
 
Unallocated
   
27
 
-
     
-
 
-
     
3
 
-
     
-
 
-
     
-
 
-
     
-
 
-
 
Total allowance
 
$
3,634
 
100.00
%
 
$
3,686
 
100.00
%
 
$
4,270
 
100.00
%
 
$
3,065
 
100.00
%
 
$
2,170
 
100.00
%
 
$
2,588 
 
100.00
%



 
18

 

Securities Portfolio

Our investment policy is designed to manage cash flows and foster earnings within prudent interest rate risk and credit risk guidelines. The portfolio mix is governed by our short term and long term liquidity needs. Rate-of-return, cash flow, rating and guarantor-backing are also considered when making investment decisions. The purchase of principal only and stripped coupon interest only security instruments is specifically not authorized by our investment policy. Furthermore, other than government related securities which may not be rated, we only purchase securities with a rating of AAA or AA. We invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government obligations, U.S. Government agency issued securities and to a lesser extent in Corporate Bonds and Certificates of Deposits.

Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of mortgages issued by U.S. government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises, such as Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), as well as non-government, private corporate issuers. Mortgage-backed securities are pass-through securities and generally yield less than the mortgage loans underlying the securities. The characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, i.e., fixed-rate or adjustable-rate, as well as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder.

Mortgage-backed securities issued or sponsored by U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest to investors.

Corporate bonds often pay higher rates than government or municipal bonds, because they tend to be riskier.  The bond holder receives interest payments (yield) and principal and is repaid on a fixed maturity date.  Corporate bonds can mature anywhere between 1 to 30 years and changes in interest rates are generally reflected in the bond prices.  Corporate bonds carry no claims to ownership and do not pay a dividend, but are considered to be less risky than stocks, since the company has to pay off all of its debts (including bonds) before it handles its obligations to stockholders.  Corporate bonds have a wide range of ratings and yields because the financial health of the issuers can vary widely,

Accounting standards require that securities be categorized as “held to maturity,” “trading securities” or “available for sale,” based on management’s intent as to the ultimate disposition of each security. These standards allow debt securities to be classified as “held to maturity” and reported in financial statements at amortized cost if the reporting entity has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Securities that might be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security’s prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as “held to maturity.”

At December 31, 2014, our entire securities portfolio was classified as held to maturity.  All securities are purchased with the intent to hold each security until maturity.  Securities not classified as “held to maturity” or as “trading securities” are classified as “available for sale” and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on the securities impacting equity.  The Company held no available for sale or trading securities during or as of the Transition Period ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Individual securities are considered impaired when their fair values are less than their amortized cost. Management evaluates all securities with unrealized losses quarterly to determine if such impairments are “temporary” or “other-than-temporary” in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.  Accordingly, the Company accounts for temporary impairments based upon security classification as either trading, available for sale or held to maturity.  Temporary impairments on “available for sale” securities would be recognized, on a tax-effected basis, through other comprehensive
 
 
19

 
income with offsetting entries adjusting the carrying value of the security and the balance of deferred taxes.  Temporary impairments of held to maturity securities are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements; however, information concerning the amount and duration of impairments on held to maturity securities is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  The carrying value of securities held in a trading portfolio would be adjusted to fair value through earnings on a quarterly basis.

Other-than-temporary impairments on securities that the Company has decided to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell prior to the full recovery of their fair value to a level equal to or exceeding amortized cost are recognized in earnings.  Otherwise, the other-than-temporary impairment is bifurcated into credit-related and noncredit-related components.  The credit-related impairment generally represents the amount by which the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on a debt security falls below its amortized cost.  The noncredit-related component represents the remaining portion of the impairment not otherwise designated as credit-related. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairments are recognized in earnings while noncredit-related other-than-temporary impairments are recognized, net of deferred taxes, in other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2014, our securities portfolio did not contain securities of any issuer, other than the U.S. Government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises, having an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of stockholders’ equity.  We do not currently participate in hedging programs, interest rate caps, floors or swaps, or other activities involving the use of off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments, however, we may in the future utilize such instruments if we believe it would be beneficial for managing our interest rate risk.

 
20

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying values, weighted average yields and maturities of our held to maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2014. Our held to maturity securities portfolio is carried at amortized cost.  This table shows contractual maturities and does not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities of the securities held by us may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Callable securities pose reinvestment risk because we may not be able to reinvest the proceeds from called securities at an equivalent or higher interest rate.

   
At December 31, 2014
 
   
One Year or Less
   
One to Five Years
   
Five to Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Investment Securities
 
   
Carrying
Value
 
Average
Yield
   
Carrying
Value
 
Average
Yield
   
Carrying
Value
 
Average
Yield
   
Carrying
Value
 
Average
Yield
   
Carrying
Value
 
Average
Yield
   
Market
Value
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                         
U.S. Government Agency Obligations
  $ -     - %   $ 19,000     1.31 %   $ 13,180     1.93 %   $ 12,000     2.97 %   $ 44,180     1.95 %   $ 43,213  
                                                                               
Mortgage-Backed Securities:
                                                                             
Government National Mortgage
Association
    -     -       1     9.21       12     1.97       -     -       13     2.57       13  
Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation
    -     -       45     2.08       15     3.58       2,675     1.88       2,735     1.90       2,717  
Federal National Mortgage
Association
    -     -       995     1.21       19,357     2.62       2,326     2.09       22,678     2.50       23,079  
Corporate bonds
    -     -       3,111     1.81       1,500     1.17       -     -       4,611     1.60       4,636  
Certificate of deposits
    1,380     0.98       2,921     1.11       -     -       -     -       4,301     1.07       4,317  
Total
  $ 1,380     0.98 %   $ 26,073     1.34 %   $ 34,064     2.29 %   $ 17,001     2.68 %   $ 78,518     2.04 %   $ 77,975  


 
21

 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of our held to maturity securities portfolio at the dates indicated. All securities are classified as held to maturity and, therefore, are shown at amortized cost.
   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
   
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Government Agency Obligations
 
$
44,180
   
$
49,177
   
$
46,194
   
$
37,018
 
Government National Mortgage Association
   
13
     
14
     
17
     
20
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
   
2,735
     
2,926
     
3,397
     
325
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
   
22,678
     
23,149
     
21,354
     
9,775
 
Corporate bonds
   
4,611
     
4,630
     
4,669
     
2,143
 
Certificates of deposits
   
4,301
     
5,036
     
5,281
     
1,425
 
Total securities held to maturity
 
$
78,518
   
$
84,932
   
$
80,912
   
$
50,706
 
 
Sources of Funds

General. Deposits are our major source of funds for lending and other investment purposes. To the extent that our loan originations may exceed the funding available from deposits, we have borrowed funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) to supplement the amount of funds for lending and funding daily operations.

In addition, we derive funds from loan and mortgage-backed securities principal repayments, interest, and proceeds from the maturity and call of investment securities. Loan and securities payments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by pricing strategies and money market conditions.

Deposits. Our current deposit products include checking and savings accounts, certificates of deposit and fixed or variable rate individual retirement accounts (IRAs). Deposit account terms vary, primarily as to the required minimum balance amount, the amount of time, if any, that the funds must remain on deposit and the applicable interest rate. Our savings account menu includes regular passbook, statement, money market and club accounts. We also offer a six-level tiered savings account. Our certificates of deposit currently range in terms from 6 months to 10 years. Our IRAs are available with the same maturities as certificates of deposit accounts, with the exception of the 30 month term. We offer a two year certificate of deposit that permits the depositor to increase the interest rate to the current two year rate once during the term.

Deposits are obtained primarily from within New Jersey. The Bank may utilize brokered deposits and a listing service as funding sources.  As of December 31, 2014, the Bank did not have any brokered deposits.  Premiums or incentives for opening accounts are sometimes offered.  Periodically we select particular certificate of deposit maturities for promotion in connection with asset/liability management and interest rate risk concerns.

The determination of deposit and certificate interest rates is based upon a number of factors, including: (1) need for funds based on loan demand, current maturities of deposits and other cash flow needs; (2) a current survey of a selected group of competitors’ rates for similar products; (3) economic conditions; and (4) business plan projections.

A large percentage of our deposits are in certificates of deposit. The inflow of certificates of deposit and the retention of such deposits upon maturity are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions, making certificates of deposit traditionally a more volatile source of funding than core deposits. Our liquidity could be reduced if a significant amount of certificates of deposit maturing within a short period of time were not renewed. To the extent that such deposits do not remain with us, they may need to be replaced with borrowings which could increase our cost of funds and negatively impact our net interest rate spread and our financial condition.

 
22

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of average deposits for the periods indicated and the weighted average nominal interest rates for each period on each category of deposits presented.

       
Six Months Ended December 31,
 
       
2014
   
2013
 
(dollars in thousands)
     
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate
   
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate
 
                                           
Non-interest-bearing demand
   
$
26,770
 
10.04
%
 
-
%
   
$
20,438
 
7.46
%
 
-
%
 
Interest-bearing demand
       
42,067
 
15.77
   
0.16
       
38,374
 
14.00
   
0.13
   
Savings and club
       
101,011
 
37.86
   
0.22
       
110,166
 
40.18
   
0.22
   
Certificates of deposit
       
96,904
 
36.33
   
1.33
       
105,157
 
38.36
   
1.38
   
                                             
Total deposits
     
$
266,752
 
100.00
%
 
0.65
%
   
$
274,135
 
100.00
%
 
0.68
%
 
 
 
       
For the Year Ended June 30,
 
       
2014
   
2013
   
2012
       
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate
   
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate
   
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Nominal
Rate
       
(Dollars in thousands)
                                                             
Non-interest-bearing demand
   
$
21,598
 
7.98
%
 
-
%
   
$
18,691
 
6.64
%
 
-
%
   
$
16,094
 
5.65
%
 
-
%
Interest-bearing demand
       
39,356
 
14.54
   
0.13
       
36,918
 
13.12
   
0.14
       
34,012
 
11.94
   
0.18
 
Savings and club
       
107,960
 
39.88
   
0.22
       
110,916
 
39.42
   
0.23
       
112,901
 
39.63
   
0.37
 
Certificates of deposit
       
101,801
 
37.60
   
1.35
       
114,876
 
40.82
   
1.48
       
121,858
 
42.78
   
1.78
 
                                                               
Total deposits
     
$
270,715
 
100.00
%
 
0.66
%
   
$
281,401
 
100.00
%
 
0.76
%
   
$
284,865
 
100.00
%
 
0.93
 



 
23

 

The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate categories as of the dates indicated.

     
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
     
2014
   
2014
   
2013
   
2012
 
     
Amount
   
Percent
of Total
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Total
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Total
   
Amount
   
Percent
of Total
 
     
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate:
                                                         
Under – 1.00%
   
$
53,795
   
57.28
%
 
$
57,698
   
58.56
%
 
$
54,101
   
49.21
%
 
$
46,094
   
38.52
%
1.00% - 1.99%
     
20,608
   
21.94
     
19,758
   
20.05
     
31,737
   
28.86
     
44,694
   
37.35
 
2.00% - 2.99%
     
7,153
   
761
     
7,618
   
7.73
     
9,575
   
8.71
     
10,728
   
8.97
 
3.00% - 3.99%
     
6,119
   
6.51
     
6,055
   
6.15
     
6,774
   
6.16
     
7,225
   
6.04
 
4.00% - 4.99%
     
1,018
   
1.08
     
1,188
   
1.21
     
1,414
   
1.29
     
3,177
   
2.65
 
5.00% - 5.99%
     
5,245
   
5.58
     
6,211
   
6.30
     
6,347
   
5.77
     
7,712
   
6.45
 
6.00% +
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
26
   
0.02
 
Total
   
$
93,938
   
100.00
%
 
$
98,528
   
100.00
%
 
$
109,948
   
100.00
%
 
$
119,656
   
100.00
%

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2014.

 
Amount Due
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
After
2019
 
Total
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest Rate:
                                         
Under - 1.00%
$
43,083
 
$
10,543
 
$
169
 
$
-
 
$
-
 
$
   
$
53,795
 
1.00% - 1.99%
 
3,907
   
4,561
   
8,663
   
1,791
   
953
   
733
   
20,608
 
2.00% - 2.99%
 
2,784
   
3,202
   
-
   
-
   
103
   
1,064
   
7,153
 
3.00% - 3.99%
 
5,426
   
-
   
-
   
84
   
325
   
284
   
6,119
 
4.00% - 4.99%
 
134
   
-
   
-
   
847
   
37
   
-
   
1,018
 
5.00% - 5.99%
 
1,358
   
1,199
   
1,815
   
873
   
-
   
-
   
5,245
 
6.00% +
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Total
$
56,692
 
$
19,505
 
$
10,647
 
$
3,595
 
$
1,418
 
$
2,081
 
$
93,938
 



 
24

 

The following table shows the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2014.

   
Certificates
of Deposit
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Remaining Time Until Maturity:
       
  Within three months
 
$
8,465
 
  Three through six months
   
7,494
 
  Six through twelve months
   
8,774
 
  Over twelve months
   
16,722
 
       Total
 
$
41,455
 

Borrowings. To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we have borrowed funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”).  At December 31, 2014, our collateralized borrowing limit with the FHLB of NY was $69.0 million and our outstanding borrowings with the FHLB of NY totaled $30.0 million. Information regarding our total borrowings as of December 31, 2014 is set forth in the following table.

   
At December 31, 2014
   
Balance
 
Rate
 
Maturity
 
(Dollars in thousands)
     
Total Borrowings:
             
Three year fixed rate  advance
 
$
5,000
 
0.780%
 
February 2016
Three year fixed rate  advance
 
$
5,000
 
0.780%
 
March 2016
Ten year fixed rate convertible advance
 
$
10,000
 
3.272%
 
November 2017
Ten year fixed rate convertible advance
 
$
10,000
 
3.460%
 
March 2018

Overnight advances with the FHLB of NY were $0, $8.0 million and $3.5 million as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Advances from the FHLB of NY are typically secured by the FHLB stock and a portion of our residential mortgage loans and by other assets, mainly securities which are obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. government. Additional information regarding our borrowings is included under Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

Subsidiary Activity

The Company has no direct subsidiaries other than the Bank. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, Millington Savings Service Corp., formed in 1984. The service corporation is currently inactive.

Regulation and Supervision

The Bank and the Company operate in a highly regulated industry. This regulation establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which they may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Deposit Insurance Fund and depositors. Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws that relate to the regulation of the Bank and the Company. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.

 
25

 
Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, including changes in the regulations governing mutual holding companies, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank. The adoption of regulations or the enactment of laws that restrict the operations of the Bank and/or the Company or impose burdensome requirements upon one or both of them could reduce their profitability and could impair the value of the Bank’s franchise, resulting in negative effects on the trading price of the Company’s common stock.

Holding Company Regulation

General.  The Company is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of Section 10 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (the “HOLA”)..  As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, it is now required to file reports with the Federal Reserve and is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, as successor to the OTS.  The Company must also obtain regulatory approval from the Federal Reserve before engaging in certain transactions, such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions.  In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and any non-savings institution subsidiaries.  This permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that it determines to be a serious risk to the Bank.  This regulation is intended primarily for the protection of the depositors and not for the benefit of stockholders of the Company.

The Federal Reserve has indicated that, to the greatest extent possible taking into account any unique characteristics of savings and loan holding companies and the requirements of the HOLA, it intends to apply its current supervisory approach to the supervision of bank holding companies to savings and loan holding companies.  The stated objective of the Federal Reserve is to ensure the savings and loan holding company and its non-depository subsidiaries are effectively supervised and can serve as a source of strength for, and do not threaten the safety and soundness of the subsidiary depository institutions.  The Federal Reserve has generally adopted the substantive provisions of former OTS regulations governing savings and loan holding companies with certain modifications as discussed below.

Consolidated Capital Requirements.  Savings and loan holding companies have historically not been subjected to consolidated regulatory capital requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act, however, required the Federal Reserve to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to their subsidiary depository institutions.  In July 2013, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule implementing the Dodd-Frank Act’s directives as to holding company capital requirements, which applied consolidated regulatory capital requirements to all savings and loan holding companies effective January 1, 2015.  The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines for bank and savings and loan holding companies are similar to those imposed on the Bank by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  See “Regulation of the Bank – Regulatory Capital Requirements” and “Amendments to Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

In December 2014, federal legislation was enacted that requires the Federal Reserve to revise its “Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement” to exempt bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies having less than $1 billion of consolidated assets from its holding company capital requirements, provided that such companies are not engaged in significant nonbanking activities, do not conduct significant off-balance sheet activities and do not have a material amount of debt or equity securities outstanding that are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Currently, the small bank holding company exemption applies only to bank holding companies with less than $500 million in consolidated assets, and not to savings and loan holding companies of such size.  Although the
 
 
26

 
 
Company’s asset size would qualify for the exemption provided by the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement, as required to be amended in accordance with the recently enacted legislation, the Company will remain subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements because its equity securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Source of Strength Doctrine. The Dodd-Frank Act also extended the “source of strength” doctrine, which the Federal Reserve has historically applied to bank holding companies, to savings and loan holding companies as well. The Federal Reserve has promulgated regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy, which requires holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial distress. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies that it has also applied to savings and loan holding companies.  In general, the policy statement provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  Federal Reserve guidance provides for consultation with a holding company’s Federal Reserve Bank as to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with its capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary depository institution becomes undercapitalized.  The Federal Reserve guidance also provides for regulatory review of certain stock redemption and repurchase proposals by holding companies.  These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends, engage in stock redemptions or repurchases or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

Activities Restrictions.  As a savings and loan holding company and as a subsidiary holding company of a mutual holding company, the Company is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions on its business activities.  The non-banking activities of the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries are restricted to certain activities specified by the Federal Reserve regulation, which include performing services and holding properties used by a savings institution subsidiary, activities authorized for savings and loan holding companies as of March 5, 1987 and non-banking activities permissible for bank holding companies pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or authorized for financial holding companies pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  Before engaging in any non-banking activity or acquiring a company engaged in any such activities, the Company must file with the Federal Reserve either a prior notice or (in the case of non-banking activities permissible for bank holding companies) an application regarding its planned activity or acquisition.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a savings and loan holding company may only engage in activities authorized for financial holding companies if they meet all of the criteria to qualify as a financial holding company. Accordingly, the Federal Reserve will require savings and loan holding companies to elect to be treated as financial holding companies in order to engage in financial holding company activities.  In order to make such an election, the savings and loan holding company and its depository institution subsidiaries must be well capitalized and well managed.

Mergers and Acquisitions.  The Company must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company or acquiring such an institution or holding company by merger, consolidation, or purchase of its assets.  Federal law also prohibits a savings and loan holding company from acquiring more than 5% of a company engaged in activities other than those authorized for savings and loan holding companies by federal law; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).  In evaluating an application for the Company to acquire control of a savings institution, the Federal Reserve would
 
 
27

 
consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the Company and the target institution, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance funds, the convenience and the needs of the community and competitive factors.

Waivers of Dividends by MSB Financial MHC.  OTS policies had permitted mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends and, when permitted, the MHC had waived the receipt of dividends from the Company.  However, under current Federal Reserve regulations, any notice of waiver of dividends must include a board resolution together with any supporting materials relied upon by the MHC board to conclude that the dividend waiver is consistent with the board’s fiduciary duties.  The resolution must include; (i) a description of the conflict of interest that exists because of a MHC director’s ownership of stock in the subsidiary declaring the dividend and any actions taken to eliminate the conflict of interest, such as a waiver by the directors of their right to receive dividends; (ii) a finding by the MHC that the waiver is consistent with its fiduciary duties despite any conflict of interest; (iii) an affirmation that the MHC is able to meet the terms of any loan agreement for which the stock of the subsidiary is pledged or to which the MHC is subject; and (iv) any affirmation that  a majority of the MHC’s members have approved a waiver of dividends within the past 12 months and that the proxy statement used for such vote included certain disclosures.  The MHC did not waive any dividends during Transition Period and the year ended June 30, 2014.

Conversion of the MHC to Stock Form.  Federal regulations permit the MHC to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization, commonly referred to as a second step conversion.  In a second step conversion a new holding company would be formed as a successor to the Company, the MHC’s corporate existence would end and certain depositors of the Bank would receive the right to subscribe for shares of the new holding company.  In a second step conversion, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than the MHC would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio that ensures that the Company’s stockholders own the same percentage of common stock in the new holding company as they owned in the Company immediately prior to the second step conversion.  The total number of shares held by the Company’s stockholders after a second step conversion also would be increased by any purchases by the Company’s stockholders in the stock offering of the new holding company conducted as part of the second step conversion.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, waived dividends must be taken into account in determining the appropriate exchange ratio for a second-step conversion of a mutual holding company unless the mutual holding company had waived dividends prior to December 1, 2009.

Acquisition of Control.  Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire “control” of a savings and loan holding company.  An acquisition of “control” can occur upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a savings and loan holding company or as otherwise defined by the Federal Reserve.  Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition.  Any company that so acquires control is then subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.

Regulation of the Bank

General. As a New Jersey chartered, FDIC-insured bank, the Bank is regulated by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the FDIC. The Bank’s operations are subject to extensive regulation, including restrictions or requirements with respect to loans to one borrower, the percentage of non-mortgage loans or investments to total assets, capital distributions, permissible
 
 
28

 
investments and lending activities, liquidity, transactions with affiliates and community reinvestment. The Bank must file regulatory reports concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the FDIC regularly examine the Bank and prepare reports to the Bank’s Board of Directors on deficiencies, if any, found in its operations. The regulatory authorities have substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on an institution that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to its capital requirements.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).   The Deposit  Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments on their deposits.  In February 2011, as required by the Dodd Frank Act, the FDIC approved a final rule that revised the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the final revisions eliminated the adjustment for secured borrowings, including FHLB advances, and made certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from 5 to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points after adjustment.  As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance.  The FDIC has authority to further increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums may have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
Regulatory Capital Requirements.  Under the capital regulations of the FDIC, savings banks such as the Bank are required to comply with minimum capital requirements.  Through December 31, 2014, the Bank was required to meet three minimum capital standards: (1) tangible capital equal to 1.5% of total adjusted assets, (2) “Tier 1” or “core” capital equal to at least 4% (3% if the institution has received the highest possible rating on its most recent examination) of total adjusted assets, and (3) total capital equal to 8% of total risk-weighted assets.  Tangible capital is defined as core capital less all intangible assets except for certain mortgage servicing rights. Tier 1 or core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and certain non-withdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual banks.  Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock, subordinated debentures and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities.  An institution’s risk-based capital requirement is measured against risk-weighted assets, which equal the sum of each on-balance-sheet asset and the credit-equivalent amount of each off-balance-sheet item after being multiplied by an assigned risk weight. These risk weights range from 0% for cash to 100% for delinquent loans, property acquired through foreclosure, commercial loans, and certain other assets.


 
29

 

At December 31, 2014, the Bank was in compliance with the minimum capital standards and qualified as “well capitalized.”  For the Bank’s compliance with these regulatory capital standards, see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary.

The federal banking agencies adopted final regulations in July 2013 that substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company effective January 1, 2015.  See “Amendments to Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action.  Under applicable federal statute, the federal bank regulatory agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet specified minimum capital requirements.  For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.  Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s prompt corrective action regulations in effect through December 31, 2014, an institution was deemed to be “well capitalized” if it had a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution was “adequately capitalized” if it had a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution was “undercapitalized” if it had a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution was deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it had a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 3.0%, or a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution was considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it had a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%

The prompt corrective action regulations provide for the imposition of a variety of requirements and limitations on institutions that fail to meet the above capital requirements.  In particular, the FDIC may require any savings institution that is not “adequately capitalized” to take certain action to increase its capital ratios. If the savings institution’s capital is significantly below the minimum required levels of capital or if it is unsuccessful in increasing its capital ratios, the institution’s activities may be restricted.

The final regulatory capital rule adopted by the federal banking agencies in July 2013 adjusted the prompt corrective action categories effective January 1, 2015.  See “Amendments to Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings institutions must meet a qualified thrift lender test or they become subject to the business activity restrictions and branching rules applicable to national banks. To qualify as a qualified thrift lender, a savings institution must either (i) be deemed a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code by maintaining at least 60% of its total assets in specified types of assets, including cash, certain government securities, loans secured by and other assets related to residential real property, educational loans and investments in premises of the institution or (ii) satisfy the statutory qualified thrift lender test set forth in the HOLA by maintaining at least 65% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments (defined to include residential mortgages and related equity investments, certain mortgage-related securities, small business loans, student loans and credit card loans). For purposes of the statutory qualified thrift lender test, portfolio assets are defined as total assets minus goodwill and other intangible assets, the value of property used by the institution in conducting its business, and specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets. A savings institution must maintain its
 
 
30

 
status as a qualified thrift lender on a monthly basis in at least nine out of every twelve months. The Bank met the qualified thrift lender test as of December 31, 2014 and in each of the last twelve months and, therefore, qualifies as a qualified thrift lender.
 
A bank that fails the qualified thrift lender test and does not convert to a bank charter generally will be prohibited from:  (1) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank, (2) paying dividends not permissible under national bank regulations, and (3) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, if the institution does not requalify under the qualified thrift lender test within three years after failing the test, the institution would be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permissible for a national bank and would have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank as promptly as possible.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, every insured depository institution, including the Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community to be assessed and taken into account in the evaluation of certain applications by such institution, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch office by the Bank. An unsatisfactory Community Reinvestment Act examination rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”), which is one of twelve regional federal home loan banks. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited by financial institutions and proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans to members pursuant to policies and procedures established by its board of directors.

As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of NY in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of its aggregate unpaid residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts or similar obligations at the beginning of each year or 5% of its outstanding FHLB advances.   The FHLB imposes various limitations on advances such as limiting the amount of certain types of real estate related collateral to 30% of a member’s capital and limiting total advances to a member.

The FHLB is required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings institutions and to contribute to affordable housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects. These contributions have adversely affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future. In addition, these requirements could result in the FHLB imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members.




 
31

 

Amendments to Regulatory Capital Requirements

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved amendments to their regulatory capital rules to conform them to the international regulatory standards agreed to by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in the accord often referred to as “Basel III”.  The revisions establish new higher capital ratio requirements, tighten the definitions of capital, impose new operating restrictions on banking organizations with insufficient capital buffers and increase the risk weighting of certain assets including residential mortgages. The final rule applies to all depository institutions as well as to all top-tier bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies except those holding companies qualifying for coverage under the Federal Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement.  The final rule became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015.  The new capital requirements apply to all banks and savings associations, bank holding companies with more than $500 million in assets and all savings and loan holding companies regardless of asset size. The rules became effective for institutions with over $250 billion in assets and internationally active institutions starting in January 2014 and will become effective for all other institutions beginning in January 2015.  The following discussion summarizes the changes that are most likely to affect the Company and the Bank.
 
New and Higher Capital Requirements.  The revised regulations establish a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1 Capital” which consists of common stock instruments and related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and, subject to certain adjustments, minority common equity interests in subsidiaries.  The amended rules require accumulated other comprehensive income to flow through to regulatory capital unless a one-time irrevocable opt-out election is made in the first regulatory reporting period under the new rule. Effective January 1, 2015, depository institutions and their holding companies would be required to maintain Common Equity Tier 1 Capital equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.
 
The regulations increase the required ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets from 4% to 6% effective January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, Tier 1 Capital consists of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital plus Additional Tier 1 Capital elements which would include non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock.  Cumulative preferred stock (other than cumulative preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program or the Small Business Lending Fund) no longer qualifies as Additional Tier 1 Capital.  Trust preferred securities and other non-qualifying capital instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank and savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, or by mutual holding companies may continue to be included in Tier 1 Capital but will be phased out over 10 years beginning in 2016 for all other banking organizations.  These elements, however, may be included in Tier 2 Capital which could also include qualifying subordinated debt.  The amended regulations also require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions eliminating the 3% option for institutions with the highest supervisory ratings.  The minimum required ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets remains at 8%.
 
Capital Conservation Buffer Requirement. In addition to higher capital requirements, depository institutions and their holding companies will be required to maintain a capital buffer of at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets over and above the minimum risk-based capital requirements.  Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer will become subject to progressively more stringent limitations on the percentage of earnings that can be paid out in dividends or used for stock repurchases and on the payment of discretionary bonuses to senior executive management.  The capital buffer requirement will be phased in over four years beginning in 2016.  The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required risk-based capital ratios to 7% Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, 8.5% Tier 1 Capital and 10.5% Total Capital on a fully phased-in basis.

 
32

 
The Company and the Bank would have complied with all of the fully phased-in requirements at December 31, 2014 had the requirements been applicable at that time.

Changes to Prompt Corrective Action Capital Categories.  The prompt corrective action rules have been amended effective January 1, 2015 to incorporate a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital requirement and to raise the capital requirements for certain capital categories.  In order to be adequately capitalized for purposes of the amended prompt corrective action rules, a banking organization is required to have at least an 8% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6% Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 4.5% Common Equity Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio and a 4% Tier 1 Leverage Ratio.  To be well capitalized, a banking organization must have at least a 10% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, an 8% Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6.5% Common Equity Tier 1 Risk Based Capital Ratio and a 5% Tier 1 Leverage Ratio.

Additional Deductions from Capital. Under the amended regulatory capital rules, banking organizations are required to deduct goodwill and other intangible assets (other than certain mortgage servicing assets), net of associated deferred tax liabilities, from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.  Deferred tax assets arising from temporary timing differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks will continue to be deducted but deferred tax assets that could be realized through NOL carrybacks will not be deducted but will be subject to 100% risk weighting.  Defined benefit pension fund assets, net of any associated deferred tax liability, will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital unless the banking organization has unrestricted and unfettered access to such assets.  Reciprocal cross-holdings of capital instruments in any other financial institutions will now be deducted from capital, not just holdings in other depository institutions.  For this purpose, financial institutions are broadly defined to include securities and commodities firms, hedge and private equity funds and non-depository lenders.  Banking organizations are also required to deduct non-significant investments (less than 10% of outstanding stock) in other financial institutions to the extent these exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital subject to a 15% of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital cap.  Greater than 10% investments must be deducted if they exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.  If the aggregate amount of certain items excluded from capital deduction due to a 10% threshold exceeds 17.65% of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, the excess must be deducted.

Changes in Risk-Weightings.  The federal banking agencies did not adopt a proposed regulation that would have significantly changed the risk-weighting for residential mortgages.  Instead, the amended regulations continue to follow the previous capital rules which assign a 50% risk-weighting to “qualifying mortgage loans,” which generally consist of residential first mortgages with an 80% loan-to-value ratio (or which carry mortgage insurance that reduces the bank’s exposure to 80%) that are not more than 90 days past due. All other mortgage loans have a 100% risk weight.  The amended regulations do apply a 250% risk-weighting to mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets that cannot be realized through NOL carrybacks and significant (greater than 10%) investments in other financial institutions. The regulations also create a new 150% risk-weighting category for “high volatility commercial real estate loans” which are credit facilities for the acquisition, construction or development of real property other than one- to four-family residential properties or commercial real projects where: (i) the loan-to-value ratio is not in excess of interagency real estate lending standards; and (ii) the borrower has contributed capital equal to not less than 15% of the real estate’s “as completed” value before the loan was made.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Not applicable as the Company is a “smaller reporting company.”

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 
33

 

Item 2. Properties

At December 31, 2014, our investment in property and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization, totaled $8.3 million, including leasehold improvements and construction in progress. The following table lists our offices.

 
Office Location
 
Year Facility
Opened
 
Leased or
Owned
         
Millington Main Office
1902 Long Hill Road
Millington, NJ
 
1994
(1)
 
Owned
Dewy Meadow Branch Office
415 King George Road
Basking Ridge, NJ
 
2002
   
Leased
RiverWalk Branch Office
675 Martinsville Road
Basking Ridge, NJ
 
2005
(2)
 
Leased
Martinsville Branch Office
1924 Washington Valley Road
Martinsville, NJ
 
2006
   
Leased
Bernardsville Branch Office
122 Morristown Road
Bernardsville, NJ
 
2008
   
Owned

__________________
(1)
The Bank’s main office opened in 1911 in Millington, New Jersey. The Bank moved into its current main office in 1994.
(2)
The Bank’s first branch office opened in 1998 in Liberty Corner, New Jersey. This office was relocated in 2005.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Bank, from time to time, is a party to routine litigation which arises in the normal course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which we hold security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to our business. There were no lawsuits pending or known to be contemplated against the Company or the Bank at December 31, 2014 that would have a material effect on operations or income.


Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


 
34

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a)           Market Information. The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “MSBF”. The table below shows the reported high and low closing prices of common stock reported by NASDAQ and dividends declared during the periods indicated.

   
High
   
Low
   
Dividends
 
                   
2013
                 
 Quarter ended September 30, 2012
  $ 6.09     $ 5.25     $ -  
 Quarter ended December 31, 2012
  $ 7.34     $ 4.26     $ -  
 Quarter ended March 31, 2013
  $ 7.72     $ 6.50     $ -  
 Quarter ended June 30, 2013
  $ 7.88     $ 6.06     $ -  
                         
2014
                       
 Quarter ended September 30, 2013
  $ 7.86     $ 7.01     $ -  
 Quarter ended December 31, 2013
  $ 8.82     $ 7.01     $ -  
 Quarter ended March 31, 2014
  $ 9.10     $ 7.00     $ -  
 Quarter ended June 30, 2014
  $ 8.30     $ 7.87     $ -  

Transition Period
                 
Quarter ended September 30, 2014
  $ 9.01     $ 8.00     $ -  
 Quarter ended December 31, 2014
  $ 10.50     $ 8.38     $ -  
 
Dividends. Declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors depend on a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, and general economic as well as stock market conditions. The timing, frequency and amount of dividends are determined by the Board of Directors.

Stockholders. As of February 2, 2015, there were approximately 509 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock. This number does not include brokerage firms, banks and registered clearing agents acting as nominees for an indeterminate number of beneficial (“street name”) owners.

(b)           Use of Proceeds.

Not applicable
 
(c)           Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities.

 
35

 

Treasury stock repurchases during the fourth quarter of 2014 for the Company were as follows:

           
Total number of shares
 
Maximum number of
           
Purchased as part of
 
Shares that may be
   
Total number of
 
Average price
 
Publicly announced
 
Purchased under the
Period
 
shares purchased
 
paid per share
 
plans or programs
 
plans or programs
October, 2014
 
-
 
$
-
 
-
 
59,837
November, 2014
 
-
   
-
 
-
 
59,837
December, 2014
 
-
   
-
 
-
 
59,837
                   
Total
 
-
 
$
-
 
-
   

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not applicable as the Company is a smaller reporting company.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This discussion and analysis reflects the Company’s consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto beginning on page F-1 following Item 15 of this Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported and are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses for the periods then ended. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level by management which represents the evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet date that are both probable and reasonable to estimate. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, the composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to
 
 
36

 
recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
The allowance calculation methodology includes segregation of the total loan portfolio into segments. The Company’s loans receivable portfolio is comprised of the following segments: residential mortgage; commercial real estate; construction; consumer and commercial and industrial. Some segments of the Company’s loan receivable portfolio are further disaggregated into classes which allows management to better monitor risk and performance.
 
The residential mortgage loan segment is disaggregated into two classes: one-to four-family loans, which are primarily first liens, and home equity loans, which consist of first and second liens.  The commercial real estate loan segment consists of both owner and non-owner occupied loans which have medium risk due to historical activity on these type loans.  The construction loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes: one-to four-family owner occupied, which includes land loans, whereby the owner is known and there is less risk, and other, whereby the property is generally under development and tends to have more risk than the one-to four-family owner occupied loans.  The commercial and industrial loan segment consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of commercial customers. The majority of commercial and industrial loans are secured by real estate and thus carry a lower risk than traditional commercial and industrial loans.  The consumer loan segment consists primarily of installment loans (direct and indirect) and overdraft lines of credit connected with customer deposit accounts.  

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component is related to loans that are classified as impaired.  For loans classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative risk factors include:

1.
Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices.
2.
National, regional, and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.
3.
Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans.
4.
Experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff.
5.
Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as and other loan modifications.
6.
Quality of the Company’s loan review system, and the degree of oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors.
7.
Existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.
8.
Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements.
 
Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.

The unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 
37

 
Management evaluates individual loans in all of the loan segments greater than $200,000 (including loans in residential mortgage and consumer segments) for possible impairment if the loan is either in nonaccrual status or is risk rated Substandard or worse or has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.  A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
 
Loans the terms of which are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a reduction in interest rate below market rate given the associated credit risk, or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification.   Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired until they are ultimately repaid in full or foreclosed and sold.
 
Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan to one of the following:(a) present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate), (b) loan’s observable market price or (c) fair value of collateral adjusted for expected selling costs.  The method is selected on a loan by loan basis with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method.
 
The estimated fair values of the real estate collateral are determined primarily through third-party appraisals. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.
 
The estimated fair values of the non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable agings or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.

The evaluation of the need and amount of the allowance for impaired loans and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis.  The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from its overall policy for interest recognition.


 
38

 
Overview – Transition Period and Fiscal year-ended June 30, 2014

Our primary business is attracting retail deposits from the general public and using those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, principal repayments on securities and loans and borrowed funds, for our lending and investing activities. Our loan portfolio consists of one-to-four-family residential real estate mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages, construction loans, commercial and industrial loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and other consumer loans. We also invest in U.S. Government obligations and mortgage-backed securities and, to a lesser extent, corporate bonds.

Transition Period

During the Transition Period, net income for the Company was $218,000 compared to $499,000 for the comparable six-month period ending December 31, 2013.

Net interest income for the Transition Period increased $74,000, or 1.6% over the six-months ended December 31, 2013.  Non-interest expense increased $720,000 or 17.9%, primarily on increased professional services related to the change of fiscal year-end from June to December and a customer-related fraud loss during the current period of approximately $439,000.  The Company’s net interest rate spread and margin expanded slightly to 2.79% and 2.94%, respectively for the Transition Period versus 2.74% and 2.86%, respectively for the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Total assets as of December 31, 2014 were $340.3 million versus $345.1 million at June 30, 2014.  The decline was due to reductions in securities held to maturity of $6.4 million and in FHLB stock of $480,000.  These reductions were partially offset by increases in net loans and other real estate owned of $1.2 million and $874,000, respectively.   Total liabilities at December 31, 2014 were $299.2 million compared to $304.4 million at June 30, 2014.  Deposits increased $2.7 million, or 1.0% to $266.1 million from $263.4 million, primarily due to an increase in non-interest bearing deposits of $2.6 million.  FHLB advances decreased $8.0 million to $30.0 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $38.0 million as of June 30, 2014.

Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2014 was $41.0 million compared to $40.7 million at June 30, 2014 with the increase due to the retention of earnings of $218,000 from the period.  In addition, an aggregate of $158,000 was added to stockholders’ equity due to the recognition of stock-based compensation expense and ESOP shares earned.  The accumulated other comprehensive loss balance increased by $39,000 during the Transition Period, while treasury stock remained unchanged.  Our return on average equity for the Transition Period was 1.06% versus 2.50% for the comparable period in 2013.

During the Transition Period, we determined that income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were misstated by an aggregate of $122,000.  The misstatements related to the calculation of deferred income taxes.  Accordingly, a restatement adjustment was made, effective June 30, 2011, to reduce both deferred income tax assets and stockholders’ equity by $122,000.  For purposes of the audited consolidated financial statements, the restatement is reflected in the opening balances of the earliest year presented.

Overall, total assets declined as reductions in securities held to maturity of $6.4 million were utilized to reduce higher costing wholesale borrowings by $8.0 million.  The growth in net loans of $1.2 million as well as growth in non-interest bearing deposits of $2.6 million coupled with the reduction in wholesale funding of $8.0 million is expected to produce a positive impact on the net interest spread and margin.

 
39

 
Year ended June 30, 2014

We reported net income of $988,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 as compared to a net loss of $1.4 million for fiscal 2013.

Net interest income for fiscal 2014 was up approximately $259,000, or 2.8%, as compared to fiscal 2013.   Non-interest expense decreased by $131,000, or 1.6%, while non-interest income increased by $74,000 or 11.4% for the same comparative period.  The net interest rate spread decreased in fiscal 2014 to 2.86%, compared to 2.90% for fiscal 2013, mainly as a result of a lower interest rate environment.  For the year ended June 30, 2014, interest income decreased by $40,000 or 0.3% while interest expense decreased by $299,000 or 11.0% as compared to fiscal 2013.

Total assets were $345.1 million at June 30, 2014, a 2.1% decrease compared to $352.5 million at June 30, 2013. The decrease in assets occurred primarily as the result of a $17.4 million decrease in cash and cash equivalent balances, offset in part by a $7.0 million increase in loans receivable, net and a $4.0 million increase in securities held to maturity.  Deposits were $263.4 million at June 30, 2014, compared to $280.5 million at June 30, 2013.  FHLB advances were $38.0 million at June 30, 2014 compared to $30.0 million at June 30, 2013.

Stockholders’ equity at June 30, 2014 was $40.7 million compared to our stockholders’ equity at the prior fiscal year-end of $39.4 million. The Company had net income of $988,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.   In addition, $311,000 was added to stockholders’ equity through the recognition of stock-based compensation expense as a result of the vesting of restricted stock awards and ESOP shares earned.  The accumulated other comprehensive loss balance increased by $2,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014, while treasury stock remained unchanged for both  comparative fiscal year end dates.  Our return on average equity for fiscal 2014 was 2.46% compared to (3.45%) for fiscal 2013.

The Company experienced a reduction in deposits during the year ended June 30, 2014, primarily due to an extended low interest rate environment.  Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $17.4 million or 70.5% and deposits decreased by $17.1 million or 6.1%, while loans receivable, net, and investment securities held to maturity increased by $7.0 million or 3.1% and $4.0 million or 5.0%, respectively.  The Company’s borrowings increased by $8.0 million or 26.7% as of June 30, 2014 compared to June 30, 2013.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014

General. Total assets at December 31, 2014 were $340.3 million versus $345.1 million at June 30, 2014.  The decline of $4.9 million, or 1.4% was due to a reduction in securities held to maturity of $6.4 million, or 7.6%, as well as a decrease in FHLB stock of $480,000, or 21.9%.  These reductions were partially offset by increases in net loans, other real estate owned and cash and cash equivalents of $1.2 million, $874,000 and $211,000, respectively.  Total deposits increased $2.7 million, or 1.0% to $266.1 million from $263.4 million due to an increase in non-interest bearing deposits of $2.6 million.  FHLB advances decreased $8.0 million to $30.0 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $38.0 million as of June 30, 2014.  The Company chose to utilize the proceeds from maturing securities and the growth in deposits to fund loan growth and the repayment of FHLB advances.

Total liabilities declined $5.2 million, or 1.7%, at December 31, 2014 from June 30, 2014.  The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities improved to 119.74% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 114.09% for the year ended June 30, 2014 and 115.92% for the six months ended December 31, 2013, respectively.  Stockholders’ equity increased $337,000, or 0.8%, to $41.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $40.7 million as of June 30, 2014.

 
40

 
Loans. Loans receivable, net, increased $1.2 million, or 0.5%, from $230.3 million at June 30, 2014 to $231.4 million at December 31, 2014. As a percentage of assets, loans increased to 68.0% from 66.7% at June 30, 2014. The Company’s one-to-four family, consumer and construction loans grew by $1.7 million, $320,000 and $134,000 or 1.2%, 38.5% and 1.1%, respectively.  Home equity and commercial real estate loans decreased by $1.6 million and $399,000 or 4.3% and 1.2%, respectively.  Within consumer loans, deposit account loans increased 51.7%, or $311,000 while all remaining consumer loans remained relatively unchanged.
 
Securities. The securities held to maturity portfolio totaled $78.5 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $84.9 million at June 30, 2014.  Maturities, calls and principal repayments during the Transition Period totaled $6.4 million as compared to $3.3 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013. No securities were purchased during the Transition Period compared to $8.4 million during the corresponding period of the prior year.
 
Deposits. Total deposits at December 31, 2014 rose to $266.1 million from $263.4 million at June 30, 2014, reflecting a $2.7 million increase.  Demand deposits, in aggregate, increased by $8.3 million, while certificates of deposit and savings and club accounts decreased by $4.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
 
Borrowings. Total borrowings were $30.0 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $38.0 million at June 30, 2014.  The Company repaid $8.0 million of short-term borrowings during the Transition Period and did not repay any long-term borrowings during the period.
 
Equity. Stockholders’ equity was $41.0 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $40.7 million at June 30, 2014, an increase of $337,000 or 0.8%. The Company had net income of $218,000 for the Transition Period.  In addition, an aggregate of $158,000 was added to stockholders’ equity due to the recognition of stock based compensation expense and ESOP shares earned.  The accumulated other comprehensive loss balance increased by $39,000 at December 31, 2014 compared to June 30, 2014, while treasury stock remained unchanged.    During the Transition Period, we determined that income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were misstated by an aggregate $122,000.  The misstatements related to the calculation of deferred income taxes.  Accordingly, a restatement adjustment was made, effective June 30, 2011, to reduce both deferred income tax assets and stockholders’ equity by $122,000.  For purposes of the audited consolidated financial statements, the restatement adjustment is reflected in the opening balances of the earliest year presented.

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2014 and 2013
 
General. Total assets were $345.1 million at June 30, 2014, compared to $352.5 million at June 30, 2013.  The Company experienced a $17.4 million or 70.5% decrease in cash and cash equivalent balances and a $1.1 million or 26.2% decrease in other asset balances, while loans receivable, net, and securities held to maturity balances increased by $7.0 million and $4.0 million or 3.1% and 5.0%, respectively.  Deposits decreased $17.1 million or 6.1%, while advances from the FHLB of New York increased by $8.0 million or 26.7%.  The decrease in cash and cash equivalent balances was primarily due to the decrease in deposit balances, while the increase in loans receivable, net and securities held to maturity balances was primarily funded through  increases in borrowings from the FHLB of New York during this period.
 
Total assets decreased by $7.3 million or 2.1% between years, as did total liabilities by $8.6 million or 2.8%, and the ratio of average interest-earning assets to average-interest bearing liabilities increased to 114.09% for fiscal 2014 as compared to 109.33% for fiscal 2013.  Stockholders’ equity
 
 
41

 
increased $1.3 million or 3.3% to $40.8 million at June 30, 2014 compared to $39.5 million at June 30, 2013.

Loans. Loans receivable, net, increased $7.0 million, or 3.1% from $223.3 million at June 30, 2013 to $230.3 million at June 30, 2014. As a percentage of assets, loans increased to 66.7% from 63.3%. The Company’s one-to-four family and construction loans grew by $6.6 million and $3.6 million or 4.8% and 40.7%, respectively, as did commercial and industrial and personal loans by $399,000 and $4,000, or 4.3% and 12.5%, respectively.  Home equity and commercial real estate loans decreased by $2.2 million and $135,000 or 5.4% and 0.4%, respectively, as did automobile, overdraft protection and deposit account loans, which decreased by $78,000, $14,000 and $9,000 or 70.3%, 8.0% and 1.5%, respectively, between June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014.

Securities. Our portfolio of securities held to maturity was $84.9 million at June 30, 2014 as compared to $80.9 million at June 30, 2013. Maturities, calls and principal repayments during the year totaled $4.3 million as compared to $41.6 million during the prior year. We purchased $8.4 million of new securities during the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $71.8 million during the year ended June 30, 2013.

Deposits. Total deposits at June 30, 2014 were $263.4 million, a $17.1 million decrease as compared to $280.5 million at June 30, 2013. Demand deposits, in aggregate, increased by $4.5 million, and certificates of deposit accounts decreased by $11.4 million, while savings and club accounts decreased by $10.1 million.

Borrowings. Total borrowings were $38.0 million at June 30, 2014 compared to $30.0 million at June 30, 2013.  The Company borrowed $8.0 million in overnight funds at June 30, 2014 from the FHLB of New York and did not have any short-term borrowings at June 30, 2013.  The Company did not repay any long-term borrowings during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

Equity. Stockholders’ equity was $40.7 million at June 30, 2014 compared to $39.4 million at June 30, 2013, an increase of $1.3 million or 3.3%. The Company had net income of $988,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.  In addition, an aggregate of $311,000 was added to stockholders’ equity due to the recognition of stock based compensation expense and ESOP shares earned.  The accumulated other comprehensive loss balance increased by $2,000 at  June 30, 2014 compared to  June 30, 2013, while treasury stock remained unchanged for the same comparative period end dates.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Transition Period and Six Months Ended December 31, 2013

General. Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. It is a function of the average balances of loans and investments versus deposits and borrowed funds outstanding in any one period and the yields earned on those loans and investments and the cost of those deposits and borrowed funds. Our results of operations are also affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense. Non-interest income includes service fees and charges, and income on bank owned life insurance. Non-interest expense includes salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense and other general and administrative expenses such as service bureau fees and advertising costs.

The Company reported net income of $218,000 for the Transition Period compared to net income of $499,000 for the six-months ended December 31, 2013, representing a decrease of $281,000 or 56.3%.  This decrease was largely driven by the $439,000 customer fraud loss incurred during the current period,
 
 
42

 
which when tax-effected, contributed to a reduction of net income of approximately $263,000. Offsetting this was an increase in net interest income of approximately $74,000 and a reduction of the provision for loan losses of $200,000.  Non-interest income was down approximately $39,000 primarily as a result of lower fees and service charges earned.  Non-interest expense was $720,000 higher due in part to the $439,000 customer fraud loss noted above in addition to certain costs incurred related to the fiscal year change from June to December, which were primarily reflected in a $139,000 increase in professional fees.  Salary and benefit expense was up $154,000, or 8.2% period over period.  Partially offsetting these increases was a $104,000 reduction in FDIC assessments.  Income tax expense was down $204,000 for the Transition period versus the six-months ended December 31, 2013 due to the decrease in pre-tax income.
 
Net Interest Income.  Net interest income for the Transition Period totaled $4.8 million compared to $4.7 million of the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Interest income for both periods was $6.0 million while interest expense for the Transition Period decreased by $76,000 to $1.2 million from the same period a year earlier.
 
Average earning assets declined $3.7 million, or 1.1% to $326.6 million period to period while the average rate on interest earning assets expanded by 4 basis points to 3.65% for the Transition Period.  The result of those variances was a decline in interest income of $2,000 for the Transition Period compared to the six-months ended December 31, 2013.  Total interest income for both periods was $6.0 million.  Interest income on loans receivable grew by $62,000 to $5.0 million as additional volume during the 2014 period more than offset the decrease in the average yield of four basis points.  Average loans were $235.3 million and $230.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Average securities held to maturity declined by $4.4 million to $81.3 million from $85.7 million.  The average rate earned on the portfolio decreased four basis points to 2.15% from 2.19% a year earlier and resulted in a reduction of $63,000 in interest income.  Other interest-earning assets, consisting of FHLB stock and other interest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions, declined by $4.2 million on average, to $10.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014  compared with $14.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Offsetting this decline was an increase of the average interest yield of 25 basis points to 0.88%.  The combined impact was a reduction of interest income on other interest-earning assets of $1,000.
 
Total interest expense declined by $76,000 to $1.2 million for the Transition Period as a result of lower volumes and rates.  Overall, average interest-bearing liabilities declined $12.2 million, or 4.3% to $272.8 million for the Transition Period as compared to $285.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Interest expense on certificates of deposit declined $81,000 as average balances were approximately $8.3 million lower for the six months ended 2014 period totaling $96.9 million compared to $105.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The average cost also declined by five basis points.  Savings and club accounts averaged $101.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 versus $110.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Lower volume of $9.2 million accounted for nearly all of the decline of $11,000 in interest expenses for these accounts in the Transition Period as compared to the same period in 2013. Partially offsetting these reductions was an increase in interest expense of $8,000 for NOW, super NOW and money market accounts.  Average balances increased $3.7 million to $42.1 million from $38.4 million for the same period a year earlier while the average interest cost rose three basis points to 0.16% from 0.13%.  Interest expense on FHLB advances rose by $8,000 to $389,000 from $381,000 a year earlier.  The average cost of advances declined by six basis points to 2.37% from 2.43% but this decline was more than offset by higher average balances.  Average FHLB advances were $32.8 million for the Transition Period versus $31.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.

 
43

 
The Company’s net interest spread and margin showed improvement over the periods and were 2.79% and 2.94%, respectfully for the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2.74% and 2.86%, respectfully for the six months ended December 31, 2013.
 
Provision for Loan Losses. The loan loss provision for the Transition Period was $100,000 compared to $300,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The Company’s management reviews the level of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, (1) the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, (2) current economic conditions, (3) actual losses previously experienced, (4) the Company’s level of loan growth and (5) the existing level of reserves for loan losses that are probable and estimable. This analysis resulted in a lower provision for loan loss being required for the period ended December 31, 2014.  The reduction in the level of provision for loan loss primarily reflects lower levels of specific reserves related to non-performing loans individually evaluated for impairment.   Also, there was a stabilization of the quantitative and qualitative factors during the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to upward-trending factors during the six-months ended December 31, 2013.  The Company had $418,000 in charge-offs and $266,000 in recoveries for the Transition Period compared to $1.0 million in charge-offs and $19,000 in recoveries for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The Company had $6.1 million in non-performing loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to $8.3 million at June 30, 2014 and $8.2 million of December 31, 2013.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.53%, 1.56% and 1.51% at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. while the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans improved to 59.75% at December 31, 2014 from 44.34% at June 30, 2014 and 43.81% at December 31, 2013, as a result of lower total non-performing loans.  Non-performing loans to total loans were 2.57% at December 31, 2014 compared to 3.51% and 3.45% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  Annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding ratios were 0.13% for the Transition Period compared to 0.51% and 0.86% for the year ended June 30, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013.
 
Non-Interest Income. This category includes fees derived from checking accounts, ATM transactions, debit card use and mortgage related fees. It also includes increases in the cash-surrender value of our bank owned life insurance. Overall, non-interest income was $324,000 for the Transition Period compared to $363,000 for the six-months ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $39,000 or 10.7%.
 
Income from fees and service charges totaled $170,000 for the Transition Period compared to $200,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $30,000 or 15.0%.  The decrease was partially attributable to lower certificate of deposit and demand deposit account services fees.
 
Income on bank owned life insurance was $110,000 and $109,000 for the six month periods ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
Other non-interest income was $44,000 and $54,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The decrease was primarily attributable to lower levels of income from late charges.
 
Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $720,000 or 17.9% during the Transition Period and totaled $4.7 million as compared to $4.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.
 
The Company incurred a customer related fraud loss of $439,000 during the current period compared to none for the six months ended December 31, 2013 or for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  After taxes, the loss reduced earnings by approximately $262,000.

 
44

 
Salaries and employee benefits expense increased by $154,000 or 8.2% to $2.0 million for the Transition Period compared to $1.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Salary and benefits increased as a result of aligning performance evaluations to coincide with the change in the fiscal year end.  Professional services increased $139,000 totaling $412,000 for the Transition Period compared with $273,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013.  The increase is largely attributable to the timing of additional professional services related to the Company’s change in fiscal year-end from June 30 to December 31 and the announced planned decision to move forward with the second step conversion.
 
Occupancy and equipment expense increased slightly by $16,000 or 2.4% to $678,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to $662,000 for the same period a year earlier.  The increase in occupancy and equipment expense was primarily due to slightly higher maintenance and repair expense.
 
Directors’ compensation expense totaled $239,000 for the Transition Period compared to $227,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2013, representing an increase of $12,000 or 5.3%.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation expense.
 
FDIC assessment expense totaled $144,000 for the Transition Period compared to $248,000 for the comparable period a year earlier.  The reduction in FDIC assessment expense was attributable to lower consolidated assets and lower assessment rates during the Transition Period versus the six months ended December 31, 2013.  Service bureau fees decreased by $44,000, or 14.3%, to $264,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to $308,000 for the comparable period ended December 31, 2013.
 
Other non-interest expense totaled $457,000 for the Transition Period, compared to $350,000 for the comparable period a year earlier, reflecting an increase of $107,000 or 30.6%.  PExcluding other real estate owned activity, other non-interest expense was little changed.  The Company also recorded $122,000 of income on other real estate owned during the six months ended December 31, 2013 versus an expense of $19,000 during the Transition Period.
 
Income Taxes. The income tax expense for the Transition Period was $57,000 or 20.7% of income before taxes as compared to tax expense of $261,000, or 34.3%, of the reported income before income taxes, for the six month period ended December 31, 2013.  The decreased effective tax rate was attributable to non-taxable income, primarily income from bank owned life insurance, making up a larger portion of pre-tax income in the current period.




 
45

 

Average Balance Sheet. The following tables set forth certain information for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.  The average yields and costs are derived by dividing interest income and expense by the average daily balance of assets and liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.

   
Six Months Ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
Earned/Paid
   
Average
Yield/ Cost
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
Earned/ Paid
   
Average
Yield/ Cost
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                   
Loans receivable(1)
  $ 235,327     $ 5,049       4.29 %   $ 230,425     $ 4,987       4.33 %
Securities
    81,301       875       2.15 %     85,711       938       2.19 %
Other interest-earning assets(2)
    9,993       44       0.88 %     14,225       45       0.63 %
Total interest-earning assets
    326,621       5,968       3.65 %     330,361       5,970       3.61 %
Non-interest-earning assets
    17,015                       17,796                  
Total assets
  $ 343,636                     $ 348,157                  
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
NOW, super NOW & money market demand
  $ 42,067       33       0.16 %   $ 38,374       25       0.13 %
Savings and club deposits
    101,011       109       0.22 %     110,166       120       0.22 %
Certificates of deposit
    96,904       642       1.33 %     105,157       723       1.38 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
    239,982       784       0.65 %     253,697       868       0.68 %
FHLB of New York advances
    32,799       389       2.37 %     31,297       381       2.43 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    272,781       1,173       0.86 %     284,994       1,249       0.88 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
    26,770                       20,438                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
    2,920                       2,821                  
Total liabilities
    302,471                       308,253                  
Stockholders’ equity
    41,165                       39,904                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 343,636                     $ 348,157                  
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest rate spread(3)
          $ 4,795       2.79 %           $ 4,721       2.74 %
Net interest margin(4)
                    2.94 %                     2.86 %
Ratio of interest-earning assets to
interest-bearing liabilities
    119.74 %                     115.92 %                
 
________________
(1)
Non-accruing loans have been included, and the effect of such inclusion was not material.  The allowance for loan losses is excluded, while construction loans in process and deferred fees are included.
(2)
Includes FHLB of New York stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions.
(3)
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)           Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.


 
46

 

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table reflects the sensitivity of our interest income and interest expense to changes in volume and in prevailing interest rates during the periods indicated. Each category reflects the:  (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by past rate); (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by past volume); and (3) net change. The net change attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.

    Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  
 
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
 
(In thousands)                   
Interest and dividend income:
                 
Loans receivable
  $ 105     $ (43 )   $ 62  
Securities
    (47 )     (16 )     (63 )
Other interest-earning assets
    (16 )     15       (1 )
Increase  (decrease) in total interest income
    42       (44 )     (2 )
                         
Interest expense:
                       
NOW and money market accounts
    2       6       8  
Savings and club
    (10 )     (1 )     (11 )
Certificates of deposit
    (56 )     (25 )     (81 )
Total interest-bearing deposits
    (64 )     (20 )     (84 )
FHLB of New York advances
    18       (10 )     8  
(Decrease) increase in total interest expense
    (46 )     (30 )     (76 )
                         
Change in net interest income
  $ 88     $ (14 )   $ 74  


Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013

General.  The Company reported net income of $988,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to a net loss of $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, representing a $2.4 million or 171.3% increase.  This increase was primarily due to a decrease in the provision for loan losses, an increase in net interest
 
 
47

 
income and non-interest income and, a decrease in non-interest expenses offset by an increase in income taxes.
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended June 30, 2014 amounted to $9.6 million, 2.8% higher than net interest income for the year ended June 30, 2013 of $9.3 million. Interest income decreased by $40,000, or 0.3%, and interest expense decreased by $299,000 or 11.0% for the year ended June 30, 2014.

Average earning assets increased by $9.3 million or 3.0% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013, while the average rate on earning assets decreased by 13 basis points to 3.72% for the year ended June 30, 2014, resulting in a decrease of $40,000 or 0.3% in total interest income compared to the year ended June 30, 2013. Interest income on loans decreased by $402,000 or 3.9% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013, as a result of decreases in both the average yield on loans receivable and the average balance of loans outstanding.   The average yield decreased by 7 basis points to 4.32%. Average loans receivable balances decreased $5.6 million or 2.4% to $232.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to $237.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2013. Interest income on securities held to maturity increased by $366,000 or 24.3% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013. Average securities held to maturity balances increased $16.6 million or 24.0% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013 and, the yield increased 1 basis point to 2.19% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013. Interest income on other interest-earning assets decreased by $4,000 or 4.3% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013 due to a $1.7 million or 28.3% decrease in average balance, offset by a 52 basis point increase in yield to 2.08%.

Total interest expense decreased $299,000 or 11.0% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $3.8 million or 1.3%, from $286.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, to $282.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2014, and the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 9 basis points to 0.86 % for the year ended June 30, 2014.  Interest expense on deposits decreased $352,000 or 17.5% for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to the year ended June 30, 2013, as a result of a 10 basis point reduction to 0.66% in the average rate on interest-bearing deposits, and a $13.6 million or 5.2% decrease in average balance of interest-bearing deposits. The average balance of NOW, super NOW and money market demand account balances increased $2.4 million, or 6.6%, while the average balance of savings balances decreased $3.0 million, or 2.7%, and the average balance of certificates of deposit decreased by $13.1 million or 11.4% for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period ended June 30, 2013. The average rate on savings and club deposits, NOW, super NOW and money market demand accounts and certificates of deposit decreased by one basis point, one basis point, and 13 basis points, respectively, for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the year ended June 30, 2013.  Total interest expense on FHLB advances was $767,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $714,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013.  Average FHLB advances were $33.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $23.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $9.8 million, or 41.9%.  The average rate on FHLB advances decreased by 74 basis points to 2.32% for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to the year ended June 30, 2013.

Our net interest rate spread was 2.86% for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to 2.90% for the year ended June 30, 2013. The spread decreased during the year ended June 30, 2014 as our average yield on interest-earning assets decreased by 13 basis points to 3.72% from 3.85%, offset in part by a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities of nine basis points to 0.86% from 0.95%, compared to the same period ended June 30, 2013.


 
48

 
 
Provision for Loan Losses. The loan loss provision for the year ended June 30, 2014 was $600,000 compared to $4.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The provision for loan losses for the year ended June 30, 2013 included an additional provision of $2.0 million deemed necessary to support the Company’s planned asset disposition strategy approved by the Company’s Board of Directors during the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the goal of which was to rapidly reduce (through strategies such as short sales, cash for keys, deeds in lieu of foreclosure and/or bulk sales) the dollar amount of non-performing loans in the Company’s loan portfolio and thereby reduce the costs associated with the foreclosure process.  The Company’s management reviews the level of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, (1) the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, (2) current economic conditions, (3) actual losses previously experienced, (4) the Company’s level of loan growth and (5) the existing level of reserves for loan losses that are probable and estimable. This analysis resulted in a lower provision for loan loss being required for the year ended June 30, 2014.  The reduction in the level of provision for loan loss primarily reflects lower levels of specific reserves related to non-performing loans individually evaluated for impairment which continued to decrease as a result of various above mentioned disposition activities.  Also, there was a stabilization of the quantitative and qualitative factors during the twelve months ended June 30, 2014 compared to-upward-trending factors during the twelve period ended June 30, 2013, thus further reducing the need for additional provisions as of June 30, 2014.  The Company had $1.2 million in charge-offs and $57,000 in recoveries for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $2.9 million in charge-offs and $56,000 in recoveries for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The Company had $8.3 million in non-performing loans as of June 30, 2014, compared to $14.1 million as of June 30, 2013.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.56% at June 30, 2014, compared to 1.87% at June 30, 2013, while the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans ratio increased from 30.30% at June 30, 2013 to 44.34% at June 30, 2014, due to decreases in total non-performing loans at June 30, 2014 compared to June 30, 2013.  Non-performing loans to total loans and net charge-offs to average loans outstanding ratios were 3.51% and 0.51%, respectively, at and for the year ended June, 30, 2014 compared to 6.16% and 1.19% at and for the year ended June 30, 2013.

Non-Interest Income. This category includes fees derived from checking accounts, ATM transactions, debit card use and mortgage related fees. It also includes increases in the cash-surrender value of our bank owned life insurance. Overall, non-interest income was $724,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $650,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $74,000 or 11.4%.

Income from fees and service charges totaled $407,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $329,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $78,000 or 23.7%.  The increase was due in part to an increase in certificate of deposit and demand deposit account services fees, an increase in ATM fees, and a $22,000 penalty fee received on the early prepayment of a mortgage-backed security that the Bank had held in its held to maturity investment portfolio.

The unrealized loss on the Bank’s trading security portfolio was $1,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The Bank had liquidated its trading security portfolio during the year ended June 30, 2013.

Income on bank owned life insurance was $217,000 in each of the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Other non-interest income was $100,000 and $103,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in miscellaneous operating income, offset by an increase in income from late charges.


 
49

 
 
Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses decreased by $131,000 or 1.6% during the year ended June 30, 2014 and amounted to $8.2 million as compared to $8.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2013.

Other non-interest expense totaled $860,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014, compared to $983,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of $123,000 or 12.5%.  The decrease in other non-interest expense was primarily attributable to decreases in other real estate and non-operating expenses.  Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased by $75,000, or 1.9%, to $3.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense was primarily due a decrease in stock-based compensation expense.  Occupancy and equipment expense decreased by $60,000 or 4.3% to $1.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The decrease in occupancy and equipment expense was primarily due to a decrease in depreciation expense.  Directors’ compensation expense totaled $444,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $495,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, representing a reduction of $51,000 or 10.3%.  The decrease in directors’ compensation expense was primarily due a decrease in stock-based compensation expense.  Advertising expense totaled $144,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $162,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, representing a reduction of $18,000 or 11.1%.  The decrease in advertising expense was attributable to a reduction in spending. FDIC assessment expense totaled $410,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $291,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013, an increase of $119,000 or 40.9%.  The increase in FDIC assessment expense related to the increase in factors used in calculation of the assessment.  Service bureau fees increased by $73,000, or 13.2%, to $626,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $553,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013.  The increase in service bureau fees was related to the expansion of services.  Professional services expense increased slightly by $4,000, or 0.7%, to $547,000 for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $543,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013.

Income Taxes. The income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2014 was $548,000 or 35.7% of income before taxes as compared to a tax benefit of $987,000 or 41.6% of the reported loss before income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2013.

 
50

 

Average Balance Sheet. The following tables set forth certain information for the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012.  The average yields and costs are derived by dividing interest income and expense by the average daily balance of assets and liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.

   
Year Ended June 30,
   
2014
 
2013
 
2012
   
Average Balance
 
Interest Earned/Paid
 
Average Yield/ Cost
 
Average Balance
 
Interest Earned/ Paid
 
Average Yield/ Cost
 
Average Balance
 
Interest Earned/ Paid
 
Average Yield/ Cost
(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                     
Loans receivable(1)
 
$
232,148
 
$
10,033
 
4.32
%
 
$
237,776
 
$
10,435
 
4.39
%
 
$
248,124
 
$
11,783
 
4.75
%
Securities
   
85,561
   
1,870
 
2.19
%
   
68,978
   
1,504
 
2.18
%
   
60,710
   
1,929
 
3.18
%
Other interest-earning assets(2)
   
4,276
   
89
 
2.08
%
   
5,963
   
93
 
1.56
%
   
6,572
   
89
 
1.35
%
Total interest-earning assets
   
321,985
   
11,992
 
3.72
%
   
312,717
   
12,032
 
3.85
%
   
315,406
   
13,801
 
4.38
%
Non-interest-earning assets
   
24,258
               
33,567
               
32,443
           
Total assets
 
$
346,243
             
$
346,284
             
$
347,849
           
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                     
NOW, super NOW & money market demand
 
$
39,356
   
50
 
0.13
%
 
$
36,918
   
51
 
0.14
%
 
$
34,012
   
60
 
0.18
%
Savings and club deposits
   
107,960
   
234
 
0.22
%
   
110,916
   
251
 
0.23
%
   
112,901
   
417
 
0.37
%
Certificates of deposit
   
101,801
   
1,371
 
1.35
%
   
114,876
   
1,705
 
1.48
%
   
121,858
   
2,175
 
1.78
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
   
249,117
   
1,655
 
0.66
%
   
262,710
   
2,007
 
0.76
%
   
268,771
   
2,652
 
0.99
%
FHLB of New York advances
   
33,108
   
767
 
2.32
%
   
23,329
   
714
 
3.06
%
   
20,000
   
684
 
3.42
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
282,225
   
2,422
 
0.86
%
   
286,039
   
2,721
 
0.95
%
   
288,771
   
3,336
 
1.16
%
Non-interest-bearing deposits
   
21,598
               
18,691
               
16,094
           
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
   
2,198
               
1,438
               
1,964
           
Total liabilities
   
306,021
               
306,168
               
306,829
           
Stockholders’ equity
   
40,222
               
40,116
               
41,020
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
346,243
             
$
346,284
             
$
347,849
           
                                                       
Net interest income/net interest rate spread(3)
       
$
9,570
 
2.86
%
       
$
9,311
 
2.90
%
       
$
10,465
 
3.22
%
Net interest margin(4)
             
2.97
%
             
2.98
%
             
3.32
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to
interest-bearing liabilities
   
114.09
%
             
109.33
%
             
109.22
%
         
 
________________
(1)
Non-accruing loans have been included, and the effect of such inclusion was not material.  The allowance for loan losses is excluded, while construction loans in process and deferred fees are included.
(2)
Includes FHLB of New York stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions.
(3)
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)           Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.


 
51

 

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table reflects the sensitivity of our interest income and interest expense to changes in volume and in prevailing interest rates during the periods indicated. Each category reflects the:  (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by past rate); (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by past volume); and (3) net change. The net change attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.

   
Year Ended June 30,
     
Year Ended June 30,
 
   
2014 vs. 2013
     
2013 vs. 2012
 
   
Increase (Decrease)
     
Increase (Decrease)
 
   
Due to
     
Due to
 
   
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
     
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
 
   
(In thousands)
   
Interest and dividend income:
                                           
Loans receivable
 
$
(240
)
$
(162
)
$
(402
)
   
$
(478
)
$
(870
)
$
(1,348
)
 
Securities
   
359
   
7
   
366
       
238
   
(663
)
 
(425
)
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
(30
)
 
26
   
(4
)
     
(9
)
 
13
   
4
   
Increase  (decrease) in total interest income
   
89
   
(129
)
 
(40
)
     
(249
)
 
(1,520
)
 
(1,769
)
 
                                             
Interest expense:
                                           
NOW and money market accounts
   
3
   
(4
)
 
(1
)
     
5
   
(14
)
 
(9
)
 
Savings and club
   
(6
)
 
(11
)
 
(17
)
     
(7
)
 
(159
)
 
(166
)
 
Certificates of deposit
   
(189
)
 
(145
)
 
(334
)
     
(119
)
 
(351
)
 
(470
)
 
Total interest-bearing deposits
   
(192
)
 
(160
)
 
(352
)
     
(121
)
 
(524
)
 
(645
)
 
FHLB of New York advances
   
253
   
(200
)
 
53
       
107
   
(77
)
 
30
   
Increase in total interest expense
   
61
   
(360
)
 
(299
)
     
(14
)
 
(601
)
 
(615
)
 
                                             
Change in net interest income
 
$
28
 
$
231
 
$
259
     
$
(235
)
$
(919
)
$
(1,154
)
 

Liquidity, Commitments and Capital Resources

The Bank must be capable of meeting its customer obligations at all times. Potential liquidity demands include funding loan commitments, cash withdrawals from deposit accounts and other funding needs as they present themselves. Accordingly, liquidity is measured by our ability to have sufficient cash reserves on hand, at a reasonable cost and/or with minimum losses.

Senior management is responsible for managing our overall liquidity position and risk and is responsible for ensuring that our liquidity needs are being met on both a daily and long-term basis. The Financial Review Committee, comprised of senior management and chaired by the President and Chief Executive Officer is responsible for establishing and reviewing our liquidity procedures, guidelines, and strategy on a periodic basis.

Our approach to managing day-to-day liquidity is measured through our daily calculation of investable funds and/or borrowing needs to ensure adequate liquidity. In addition, senior management constantly evaluates our short-term and long-term liquidity risk and strategy based on current market conditions, outside investment and/or borrowing opportunities, short and long-term economic trends, and anticipated short and long-term liquidity requirements. The Bank’s loan and deposit rates may be adjusted as another means of managing short and long-term liquidity needs. We do not at present participate in derivatives or other types of hedging instruments to meet liquidity demands, as we take a conservative approach in managing liquidity.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $2.9 million, unused lines of credit of $20.0 million (including $16.7 million for home equity lines of credit), and
 
 
52

 
standby letters of credit of $347,000. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year or less at December 31, 2014, totaled $56.7 million.

The Bank had contractual obligations related to the long-term operating leases for the three branch locations that it leases (Dewy Meadow, RiverWalk and Martinsville). For additional information regarding the Bank’s lease commitments as of June 30, 2014, see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

The Bank has access to cash through borrowings from the FHLB, as needed, to meet its day-to-day funding obligations. At December 31, 2014, its total loans to deposits ratio was 86.99%.  At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s collateralized borrowing limit with the FHLB was $69.0 million, of which $30.0 million was outstanding. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank also had a $20.0 million line of credit with a financial institution for reverse repurchase agreements (which is a form of borrowing) that it could access if necessary.

Consistent with its goals to operate a sound and profitable financial organization, the Bank actively seeks to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution in accordance with regulatory standards. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements.  See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements beginning at page F-1 for more information about the Bank’s regulatory capital compliance.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of our business of investing in loans and securities as well as in the normal course of maintaining and improving the Bank facilities. These financial instruments include significant purchase commitments such as commitments to purchase investment securities or mortgage-backed securities and commitments to extend credit to meet the financing needs of our customers. At December 31, 2014, our significant off-balance sheet commitments consisted of commitments to originate loans of $2.9 million, construction loans in process of $1.5 million, unused lines of credit of $20.0 million (including $16.7 million for home equity lines of credit) and standby letters of credit of $347,000.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments. Since a number of commitments typically expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. For additional information regarding our outstanding lending commitments at December 31, 2014, see Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

 
53

 

Impact of Inflation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These principles require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Our primary assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates, however, do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the price of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation. In a period of rapidly rising interest rates, the liquidity and maturities of our assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

The principal effect of inflation on earnings, as distinct from levels of interest rates, is in the area of non-interest expense. Expense items such as employee compensation, employee benefits and occupancy and equipment costs may be subject to increases as a result of inflation. An additional effect of inflation is the possible increase in the dollar value of the collateral securing loans that we have made. We are unable to determine the extent, if any, to which properties securing our loans have appreciated in dollar value due to inflation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk

Qualitative Analysis. Because the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates, a significant form of market risk for us is interest rate risk, or changes in interest rates.

We derive our income mainly from the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more we earn. When market rates of interest change, the interest we receive on our assets and the interest we pay on our liabilities will fluctuate. This can cause decreases in our spread and can adversely affect our income.

Several years ago market interest rates were at historically low levels. Beginning in June 2004 through June 2007, the U.S. Federal Reserve increased its target federal funds rate, raising it 17 times, from 1.00% to 5.25% during this period. The Federal Reserve subsequently reduced its target federal fund rate 3 times during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 from 0 to 1/4%.  A normalization of the prior year’s inverted yield occurred during that year as a result of the Federal Reserve’s policy. The Federal Reserve did not make any further changes to it federal funds rate during the transition period ended December 31, 2014 or during the fiscal year-ended June 30, 2014.  The federal funds rate and other short-term market interest rates, which we use as a guide to our deposit pricing, have decreased, while intermediate-and long-term market interest rates have remained stable, which we use as a guide to our loan pricing, have not decreased nor increased proportionately. The Bank has begun to realize a reduction in its deposit portfolio average rate more recently.

Quantitative Analysis.  The following table presents the Bank’s economic value of equity (“EVE”) as of December 31, 2014. The Bank outsources its interest rate risk modeling and the EVE values in this table were calculated by an outside consultant, based on information provided by the Bank.

 
54

 

     
     
 
Changes in Interest Rates (basis points)
% Change in Pretax Net Interest Income
Economic Value of Equity
     
       +400
-10.76%
12.18%   
       +300
-7.77%
13.60%   
       +200
-4.92%
14.94%
       +100
-1.38%
15.99%
             0
-
16.19%
        -100
-7.97%
16.74%
                ___________
    (1) The -200bp scenario was not disclosed due to the low prevailing interest rate environment
 
Future interest rates or their effect on EVE or net interest income are not predictable. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, prepayments, and deposit run-offs, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Certain shortcomings are inherent in this type of computation. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturity or periods of repricing, they may react at different times and in different degrees to changes in the market interest rates. The interest rate on certain types of assets and liabilities, such as demand deposits and savings accounts, may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages, generally have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in making calculations set forth above. Additionally, an increased credit risk may result as the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
 
Notwithstanding the discussion above, the quantitative interest rate analysis presented above indicates that a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates would adversely affect our net interest margin and earnings.

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are contained in this Transition Report on Form 10-K immediately following Item 15.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 
(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule l3a-l5(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December
 
 
55

 
31, 2014. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2014.

(b)       
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
1.           Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a- 15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that  transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements prepared for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of the changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Under supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.


/s/ Michael A. Shriner    /s/ Robert G. Russell, Jr. 
Michael A. Shriner
 
Robert G. Russell, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Senior Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer

 
56

 

 
2.           Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Not applicable as the Company is a smaller reporting company.
 
3.           Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
No change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule l3a-l5(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors
 
The board of directors of the Company is comprised of seven persons who are elected for terms of three years, approximately one-third of whom are elected annually.  The same individuals who serve as directors of the Company also serve as directors of the MHC and the Bank. All of our directors are independent under the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., except for Michael A. Shriner whom we currently employ as President and Chief Executive Officer.
 
Information regarding our directors is provided below. Unless otherwise stated, each individual has held his or her current occupation for the last five years. The age indicated for each individual is as of December 31, 2014. The indicated period of service as a director includes the period of service as a director of the Bank.
 
The following directors have terms ending in 2015:
 
Gary T. Jolliffe, age 71; director since 1992, served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank until his retirement on December 31, 2011.  Mr. Jolliffe joined the Bank in 1986 as its executive vice president and was appointed as its president in 1990. In 1992, he was also appointed to the position of chief executive officer and became a director. Mr. Jolliffe was a member of the Board of Governors of the New Jersey League of Community Bankers from 1999 through 2007 serving in numerous positions, including chairman of the New Jersey League of Community Bankers from 2004 to 2005.  Mr. Jolliffe is a past member of the Board of Trustees of Freedom House Foundation, Glen Gardner, New Jersey.  After 30 years as a member of the Bernardsville Rotary Club where he held the positions of director, president, vice president and treasurer, Mr. Jolliffe is now an honorary member.  Mr. Jolliffe’s 49 years of banking experience including nearly 27 years with the Bank and the Company combined with his knowledge of the communities make him an integral member of our Board of Directors.
 
Donald J. Musso, age 55; director since 2013, is President of FinPro, Inc., a consulting and financial advisory firm that he founded in 1987.  FinPro, Inc., which is located in New Jersey, specializes in providing financial advisory services to the financial institutions industry.  In 2012, Mr. Musso also
 
 
57

 
formed FinPro Capital Advisors, Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary of FinPro to conduct investment banking activities.  Mr. Musso has a broad background in strategic planning, asset/liability management, market feasibility assessments, de novo bank formations and investment banking.  He has significant experience as a founder, significant stockholder and board member of de novo financial institutions.  Mr. Musso is on the faculty of Stonier Graduate School of Banking, the Graduate School of Bank Investments and Financial Management at the University of South Carolina, the Graduate School of Banking at Colorado and the Pacific Coast Banking School.  Mr. Musso’s extensive experience in all aspects of banking as well as his knowledge of the market in which the Company operates makes him an extremely valuable member of the Board.

The following directors have terms ending in 2016:
 
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr., age 74; director since 1987, served as president of Gallaway and Crane Funeral Home with principal offices located in Basking Ridge and a branch location located in Bernardsville, New Jersey until his retirement in September 2012.  Mr. Gallaway remains with the company as a Vice President.  This firm was founded by his father, E. Haas Gallaway, Sr., in Millington in 1935 and moved to its present location in Basking Ridge in 1936.  Mr. Gallaway has been associated with the firm since 1960, purchased a minority position in the firm in 1963 and the remainder of the corporation in 1976.  He is a licensed funeral director in the states of New Jersey and Florida.  Mr. Gallaway is a member and past president of the Morris County Funeral Directors’ Association, member of The New Jersey State Funeral Directors’ Association, member of National Funeral Directors’ Association, and past president of the Bernardsville Rotary Club, former director and past president of the Somerset Hills YMCA, and a past president of the Board of Directors of Honesty House formerly of Stirling.  He is the brother of Mr. W. Scott Gallaway.  With his extensive business background and knowledge of and stature in the communities in which we do business, Mr. Gallaway has been a significant contributor to the Board of Directors of the Company for the past 28 years.

W. Scott Gallaway, age 69; director since 2000, founded Gallaway Associates, a real estate brokerage and appraisal firm in 1975 and sold the brokerage portion to Remax Properties Unlimited in 2000.  He is an equity partner with ReMax Alliance Realtors of Basking Ridge and spent many years as a broker, salesperson and licensed appraiser in the State of New Jersey.  Mr. Gallaway is Past President of the Somerset County Board of Realtors, the Northern New Jersey Chapter of Homes for Living, the New Jersey Chapter of Certified Residential Brokers (CRB), and the Bernardsville Rotary Club.  He has also served as Third District Vice President of the New Jersey Association of Realtors and Charter Scoutmaster of Troop 150, BSA, Bernardsville, N.J.  He has also served on the Board of Directors of the Patriots Path Council, BSA and the Somerset Hills YMCA.  Mr. Gallaway is Past Master of Congdon Overlook Lodge F&AM and Past President of the Masters, Wardens and Past Masters Association of the Eleventh District of New Jersey.  Mr. Gallaway was honored as “Outstanding Citizen Volunteer of the Year” by the Borough of Bernardsville in 1993.  He is the brother of E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.  Mr. Gallaway’s real estate and appraisal experience and his stature in the community have made him a valuable member of the Board of Directors.

Michael A. Shriner, age 50; director since 1999, has been employed by the Bank since 1987 and became a vice president in 1990, a senior vice president in 1997, the executive vice president in 2002 and the chief operating officer in 2006.  In January 2012 he became President and Chief Executive Officer.  He was appointed to the Board of Directors in 1999.  Mr. Shriner currently serves and a member of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee with the New Jersey Bankers Association.  He has previously served as chairman of the Mortgage Steering Committee of the New Jersey League of Community Bankers and was a member of the Residential Lending and Affordable Housing Committee, Consumer Lending and CRA Committee and Operations and Technology Committee.  Mr. Shriner is a graduate of The National School of Banking (Fairfield University).  He also serves as a trustee for HomeSharing, Inc.
 
 
58

 
a non-profit organization located in central New Jersey.  Mr. Shriner’s 27 years of banking experience, knowledge of the Bank and the Company and leadership skills make him an integral part of the Board of Directors.

The following directors have terms ending in 2017:
 
Dr. Thomas G. McCain, age 77; director since 1992, became principal of the Fairmount Avenue School in Chatham, New Jersey in 1964 after having taught in Berlin, Connecticut.  He left Chatham nine years later to become assistant superintendent of schools in Freeport, New York and in 1978 was appointed superintendent of schools in Bernardsville, New Jersey, the district from which he retired from public education in 1988.  In 1991, Dr. McCain founded Learning Builders, a firm that provides planning and training services to schools and businesses in several states.  After twenty-two years as president and sole owner of the firm, Dr. McCain retired and closed the firm in 2013.  Dr. McCain’s many years of management experience at the highest levels of public education together with his entrepreneurial experience make him a valued member of the Board of Directors.

Ferdinand (Fred) J. Rossi, age 73; director since 1975, has recently retired as the township administrator for the Township of Morris in Morris County, New Jersey and had held that office since 1995.  Previously, Mr. Rossi served as the county administrator for Morris County, New Jersey for 15 years, and the township clerk and then administrator for the Township of Long Hill (formerly Passaic Township) for 13 years.  Mr. Rossi is a lifelong resident of Long Hill Township and has served as a member of the Board for nearly 40 years.  He has also served as president of the New Jersey Association of County Administrators and Managers, is a former member and president of the Bernardsville Rotary Club and is a current member of the Long Hill Township Historic Preservation Advisory Committee.  Mr. Rossi has gained critical knowledge about the communities in which we operate through the positions he has held, both elected and appointed and is an important contributor to the Board of Directors.


 
59

 

Executive Officers
 
Our executive officers are elected annually by the board of directors and serve at the board’s discretion. The following individuals currently serve as executive officers and will serve in the same positions following the conversion and the offering:
 
Name                                                      Position
 
Michael A. Shriner                              President, Chief Executive Officer
Robert G. Russell, Jr.                          Senior Vice President; Chief Operating Officer and
       Acting Chief Financial Officer
John J. Bailey                                       Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer
Jeffrey E. Smith                                   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Nancy E. Schmitz                                 Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer and
   Corporate Secretary

Below is information regarding our executive officers who are not also directors. Each executive officer has held his or her current position for the period indicated below. Ages presented are as of December 31, 2014.
 
Robert G. Russell, Jr., age 48, serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank.  He is also serving as Acting Chief Financial Officer while Mr. Smith is on medical leave.  Prior to being hired by the Bank in January 2015, Mr. Russell served as President and Chief Executive Officer of NJM Bank from 2013 up to its merger with Spencer Savings Bank.  Prior to serving as President, Mr. Russell had served as Chief Financial Officer of NJM Bank from 2003 to 2013.
 
John J. Bailey, age 60, was hired by the Bank in February 2015 as Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.  Prior to being hired by the Bank, Mr. Bailey served as Senior Vice President – Credit Administration at Union Center National Bank from 2013-2014 up to its merger with ConnectOne Bank.  Prior to joining Union Center National Bank, Mr. Bailey served as Managing Member and owner of Bailey Financial Consulting, LLC, a provider of consulting services to commercial banks, including loan review, credit marks and development of complex credit-based work-out scenarios.   Prior to forming his own company, Mr. Bailey had served in various lending capacities at other New Jersey-based financial institutions.  Currently, he also serves on the board of Colonial Financial Services, Inc., headquartered in Vineland, New Jersey.
 
Jeffrey E. Smith, age 65, has been employed by the Bank since 1996.  He was appointed as controller for the Bank in 1998, became a Vice President in 2002, and in 2006 became Chief Financial Officer.  He was named a Senior Vice President in 2015.  Mr. Smith previously served as a vice president and the comptroller for United National Bank in Plainfield, New Jersey where he was employed for 12 years.

Nancy E. Schmitz, age 59, joined the Bank in 1997 as a Commercial Lending Officer and Corporate Secretary.  She was promoted to Vice President - Lending in 2006 and to Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer in 2015. Ms. Schmitz currently serves as a member of Lending Steering Committee with the New Jersey Bankers.  She previously served on the Consumer Lending Committee of the New Jersey League of Community Bankers. Ms. Schmitz was previously employed by Lloyds Bank California for six years, where she completed a formal bank training program in Lending.  She also worked at HomeFed Bank, headquartered in San Diego, California in the National Accounts group and with Imperial Corporation of America in their San Diego Corporate Banking Group. She also was a volunteer with the US Agency for International Development in the Republic of Kyrgyzstan.
 
 
60

 
Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
 
Director Michael A. Shriner serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Director W. Scott Gallaway serves as Chairman of the Board. The board of directors has determined that the separation of the offices of Chairman of the Board and President and Chief Executive Officer will enhance Board independence and oversight.  Moreover, the separation of the Chairman of the Board and President and Chief Executive Officer will allow the President and Chief Executive Officer to better focus on his growing responsibilities of running the Company, enhancing stockholder value and expanding and strengthening our franchise while allowing the Chairman of the Board to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management.

We face a number of risks, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, strategic risk and reputation risk.  Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of the risks we face, while the Board, as a whole and through its committees, in particular the Audit Committee, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management.  In its risk oversight role, the Board of Directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.   In addition, the Board has appointed a Chief Risk Officer who reports to the Board at each meeting on risk management issues.  Other members of senior management attend the Board meetings and are available to address any questions or concerns raised by the Board on risk management and any other matters.  The Chairman of the Board and independent members of the Board work together to provide strong, independent oversight of our management and affairs through its standing committees and, when necessary, special meetings of independent directors.
 
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
 
The Board of Directors conducts its business through meetings of the Board and through activities of its committees.  The Board maintains an Audit Committee, an Asset/Liability Management Committee, an Asset/Quality Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee.  During the transition period ended December 31, 2014, the Board of Directors held six meetings.  No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the Board and committees on which such director served during the transition period ended December 31, 2014.

The following table identifies the members of the members of the Company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees and their members. All members of each committee are independent in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Each committee operates under a written charter that is approved by the board of directors that governs its composition, responsibilities and operation. Each committee reviews and reassesses the adequacy of its charter at least annually. The charters of all three committees are available in on our website (www.millingtonsb.com/about-us/investor-relations.html.).
 

 
61

 


 
Director
  
Audit
 Committee
   
Compensation
 Committee
   
Nominating
Committee
W. Scott Gallaway
 
X
*
               
Thomas G. McCain
         
X
*
   
X
 
Ferdinand J. Rossi
 
X
             
X
 
Gary T. Jolliffe
 
X
                 
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.
         
X
     
X
 
Donald J. Musso
         
X
     
X
 
W. Scott Gallaway
                 
X
 
                       
Number of Meetings in Transition Period Ended December 31, 2014
  
3
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
 
 
*  Denotes chairperson.
 
The Audit Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert.”  However, the Board of Directors believes that each Audit Committee member has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the committee. The committee has the authority to engage legal counsel or other experts or consultants as it deems appropriate to carry out its responsibilities.

The Compensation Committee meets annually to review management’s recommendations for management salaries and bonuses.

The Nominating Committee recommends to the full Board of Directors persons for selection as the Board’s nominees for election as directors.  Members of the Nominating Committee who are nominees did not participate in their selection as nominees.

The Company does not pay fees to any third party to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying or evaluating potential nominees.  The process for identifying and evaluating potential nominees of the Board includes soliciting recommendations from directors and officers of the Company and the Bank.  Additionally, the Board will consider persons recommended by stockholders of the Company in selecting nominees of the Board for election as directors.  In the Board’s selection of nominees of the Board, there is no difference in the manner of evaluation of potential nominees who have been recommended by directors or officers of the Company and the Bank versus evaluation of potential nominees who have been recommended by stockholders.  The Committee seeks nominees with excellent decision-making ability, business experience, personal integrity and reputation who are knowledgeable about the business activities and market areas in which the Company and the Bank engage.  The Board does not have a specific policy regarding diversity of board nominees although it may consider diversity in market knowledge, experience, background, employment and other factors in selecting nominees.

To be considered in the Committee’s selection of individuals the Committee recommends to the Board for selection as the Board’s nominees, recommendations from stockholders must be received by the Company in writing by at least 120 days prior to the date the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting was first distributed to stockholders.  Recommendations should identify the submitting stockholder, the person recommended for consideration and the reasons the submitting stockholder believes such person should be considered.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Securities and Exchange Commission regulations require the Company’s officers, directors and persons who own more than 10% of the outstanding Common Stock to file reports
 
 
62

 
detailing their ownership and changes of ownership in the Common Stock, and to furnish the Company with copies of these reports. Based solely on its review of the reports received during the past fiscal year or with respect to the last fiscal year or written representations from these persons that they were not required to file annual reports of change in beneficial ownership, the Company believes that during the Transition Period, all of its officers, directors and all of its stockholders owning in excess of 10% of the outstanding Common Stock have complied with these reporting requirements.
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its CEO and CFO/Chief Accounting Officer.  A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on the Company’s website at www.millingtonsb.com/about-us/investor-relations.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Director Compensation
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of the Company’s directors for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 and the transition period ended December 31, 2014.  Mr. Shriner also serves as a director, and his compensation is detailed under “Executive Compensation.”  He does not receive any separate compensation for service as a director.  There were no stock or option awards granted during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 or the transition period ended December 31, 2014.

Transition Period (July 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014)

 
Director (1)(2)
Board
Fees
All Other
Compensation (3)
 
Total
       
Gary T. Jolliffe
$21,000
$        —
$21,000
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.
  22,500
$18,612
$41,112
W. Scott Gallaway
  45,000
$        —
$45,000
Thomas G. McCain
  25,500
  $    7,457
 $32,957
Donald J. Musso
  22,500
$        —
 $22,500
Ferdinand J. Rossi
  24,000
$31,811
 $55,811


Fiscal Year (July 1, 2013 – June 30, 2014)
 
Director (1)(2)
Board
Fees
All Other
Compensation (3)
 
Total
       
Gary T. Jolliffe
$34,500
$61,632
$96,132
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.
$37,800
$  3,811
$41,611
W. Scott Gallaway
$57,900
$33,561
$91,461
Thomas G. McCain
$41,400
$  1,702
$43,102
Donald J. Musso
$34,300
$        —
$34,300
Ferdinand J. Rossi
$39,300
$  3,765
$43,065

___________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2014, none of the directors held any shares of restricted common stock.  As of June 30, 2014, each director listed on the table above other than Gary T. Jolliffe and Donald J. Musso held 1,543 shares of restricted common stock.  Gary T. Jolliffe held 4,848 shares of restricted common stock.  Donald J. Musso did not hold any shares of restricted common stock.
(2)
As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate number of options held by these individuals (each with an exercise price of $10.75 per share) was as follows:  Gary T. Jolliffe 60,590; E. Haas Gallaway, Jr. 19,279; W. Scott Gallaway 19,279; Thomas G. McCain 19,279; Donald J. Musso 0, and Ferdinand J. Rossi 19,279.  As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate number of options held by these individuals (each with an exercise price of $10.75 per share) was as follows:  Gary T.
 
 
 
63

 
 
 
Jolliffe 60,590; E. Haas Gallaway, Jr. 19,279; W. Scott Gallaway 19,279; Thomas G. McCain 19,279; Donald J. Musso 0, and Ferdinand J. Rossi 19,279.
(3)
For the transition period ended December 31, 2014, All Other Compensation consisted of the Bank’s contribution under the Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan.  For the year ended June 30, 2014, All Other Compensation for all directors other than Director Musso consists of the Bank’s contributions under the Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan as follows: Gary T. Jolliffe $36,632; E. Haas Gallaway, Jr. $3,811; W. Scott Gallaway $33,561; Thomas G. McCain $1,702; Ferdinand J. Rossi $3,765.  For Director Jolliffe, All Other Compensation includes $25,000 paid pursuant to the Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement entered into between Mr. Jolliffe and the Company. Director Musso is not a participant in the Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan.

Board Fees.  Directors currently are compensated only for their service as directors of the Bank, and no additional compensation is paid for serving on the boards of the Company or the MHC.  For the year ended June 30, 2014, the Bank paid a fee of $2,700 per board meeting.  The chairman of the board of directors was paid a fee of $4,200 per board meeting.  The board has regular meetings on a monthly basis for a total of 12 meetings per year.  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, directors were paid a flat monthly fee of $300 for their committee participation.  Directors who serve on the Audit Committee and/or the Compensation Committee also received an additional payment of $300 per meeting.  The Chairmen of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee received a payment of $600 per meeting.

Effective July 1, 2014, the board fees were increased.  Directors continue to be compensated only for service on the Bank board.  Directors receive a fee of $3,500 per board meeting with the Chairman receiving a fee of $7,000 per board meeting.  Directors will no longer receive a flat monthly fee of $300 for their committee participation on the Asset Liability and Asset Quality Committees.  The Chairmen of the Audit and Compensation Committees receive an additional payment of $1,000 per meeting with members of the Audit and Compensation Committees receiving an additional payment of $500 per meeting.

Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan (the “DCRP”). This plan provides retirement benefits to certain directors of the Bank based upon the number of years of service to the Bank’s board. All of the current members of the Board, with the exception of Director Musso, are eligible to participate in the plan. To be eligible to receive benefits under the DCRP, a director must have completed at least 10 years of service and may not begin receiving payments prior to reaching 65 years of age.  If a director agrees to become a consulting director to the Bank’s board upon retirement, he will receive a monthly payment equal to 30% to 60% of the highest the Bank’s board fee and retainer in effect during the three-year period prior to the date of retirement based on the number of years of service as a director but in no event greater than $3,500.  Benefits under the DCRP begin upon a director’s retirement and are paid for 120 months; provided, however, that in the event of a director’s death prior to the receipt of all monthly payments, payments shall continue to the director’s surviving spouse or estate until 120 payments have been made.  The retirement benefit amount is payable to the participant for an additional period of 24 months for each additional period of five years of service completed by the director in excess of twenty years of service as of their actual retirement date.  In the event there is a change in control (as defined in the DCRP), all directors will be presumed to have a minimum of 20 years of service and attained age 65 under the DCRP and each director will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of future benefits payable.  All payments under the plan need to be in accordance with Code Section 409A.  Benefits under the DCRP are unvested and forfeitable until retirement with at least 10 years of service, termination of service following a change in control, disability following at least 10 years of service or death.


 

 
64

 

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation awarded to or earned during the last two fiscal years and the transition period ended December 31, 2014 by the Chief Executive Officer and the two other executive officers whose total compensation during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 exceeded $100,000 for services rendered in all capacities to the Company, the Bank and the MHC. We refer to these individuals in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.”

 
 
 
Name and Principal Position
 
 
 
Year (1)
 
 
 
Salary
 
 
 
Bonus
 
 
Stock
Awards
 
 
Option Award
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (2)
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings (3)
 
 
All Other Compensation
 
 
 
Total
                         
Michael A. Shriner
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
Dec. 2014
June 2014
June 2013
$125,000
199,004
181,480
 
$      —
7,500
$      —
$       —
        —
$
32,479
 
$328
 170
  738
$23,634
40,150
34,419
(4)
$148,962
271,803
224,137
 
                         
Jeffrey E. Smith
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Dec. 2014
June 2014
June 2013
 
$  76,778
139,074
129,064
$2,000
      —
$      —
         —
$      —
$
22,363
 
$235
 123
  533
$ 3,463
13,131
10,637
(5)
$ 82,476
174,691
140,234
                         
Nancy E. Schmitz
Vice President and Corporate Secretary
Dec. 2014
June 2014
June 2013
$  66,448
117,546
108,524
$2,000
$      —
$     —
$
18,985
 
$189
  98
  318
$ 2,593
10,747
8,581
(6)
$ 71,230
147,376
117,423
 
 
_____________________
 
(1)
Effective November 17, 2014, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.  Compensation shown for Dec. - 2014 is for the six month transition period ending December 31, 2014.  Compensation shown as June – 2014 and June – 2013 is for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
(2)
For June 2014, consists of awards made in July 2014 under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan with respect to the attainment of performance metrics applicable to fiscal year 2014.  Such awards equal 15% of the named executive officer’s base salary based upon achieving an increase in the Bank’s net income in fiscal year 2014 as compared to the prior fiscal year.
 
(3)
For the transition period ended December 31, 2014, consists of the excess of the earnings rate on the accrued benefits under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan of 4.0% over 120% of the long-term applicable federal rate (AFR) of 3.29% in effect as of December 31, 2014.  For June 2014, consists of the excess of the earnings rate on the accrued benefits under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan of 4.0% over 120% of the long-term applicable federal rate (AFR) of 3.77% in effect as of June 30, 2014.  For June 2013, consists of the excess of the earnings rate on the accrued benefits under the Executive Incentive Retirement Plan of 4.0% over 120% of the long-term AFR of 2.96% in effect as of June 30, 2013.
 
(4)
For the transition period ended December 31, 2014, consists of $498 for life insurance, $11,777 for reimbursed auto expense, an employer contribution to the 401(k) plan of $3,750 and director pension expense in the amount of $7,605. Annual ESOP allocation had not yet been determined. For June 2014, All Other Compensation for Mr. Shriner consists of $385 for life insurance, $10,398 for reimbursed auto expense, an employer contribution to the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $5,970 the value of shares allocated to Mr. Shriner’s account under the ESOP in the amount of $11,282 and Director Pension expense in the amount of $12,115.
 
(5)
For the transition period ended December 31, 2014, consists of $1,160 for life insurance and an employer contribution to the 401(k) plan of $2,303.   Annual ESOP allocation had not yet been determined.  For June 2014, All Other Compensation for Mr. Smith consists of $935 for life insurance, an employer contribution to the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $4,172 and the value of shares allocated to Mr. Smith’s account under the ESOP in the amount of $8,023.
 
(6)
For the transition period ended December 31, 2014, consists of $600 for life insurance and an employer contribution to the 401(k) plan of $1,993. Annual ESOP allocation had not yet been determined.  For June 2014, All Other Compensation for Ms. Schmitz consists of $474 for life insurance, an employer contribution to the 401(k) Plan in the amount of $3,526, and the value of shares allocated to Ms. Schmitz’s account under the ESOP in the amount of $6,747.

 
65

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End. The following tables set forth information on an award-by-award basis with respect to options and restricted stock awards held at the end of the transition period and at fiscal year end by each of the named executive officers, as well as the value of such awards held by such persons at the end of the fiscal year.

At December 31, 2014

     
Stock Awards
 
 
Option Awards
     
Market
 
   
Number of
 
Number of
         
Number of
 
Value of
 
   
Securities
 
Securities
         
Shares or
 
Shares or
 
   
Underlying
 
Underlying
         
Units of
 
Units of
 
   
Unexercised
 
Unexercised
 
Option
 
Option
 
Stock That
 
Stock That
 
   
Options
 
Options
 
Exercise
 
Expiration
 
Have Not
 
Have Not
 
Name
 
Exercisable (1)
 
Unexercisable
 
Price
 
Date
 
Vested (2)
 
Vested
 
                               
Michael A. Shriner
 
55,082
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
0
 
$
0
 
                               
Jeffrey E. Smith
 
22,023
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
0
 
$
0
 
                               
Nancy E. Schmitz
 
16,524
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
0
   
0
 
            _____________
(1)  
The named executive officers received an option grant on May 9, 2008.  All options outstanding vested in 20% increments beginning May 9, 2009.
(2)  
The named executive officers received a grant of restricted stock on December 14, 2009.  All awards of restricted stock vest in 20% equal annual increments beginning December 14, 2010.

At June 30, 2014
      
Stock Awards
 
 
Option Awards
     
Market
 
   
Number of
 
Number of
         
Number of
 
Value of
 
   
Securities
 
Securities
         
Shares or
 
Shares or
 
   
Underlying
 
Underlying
         
Units of
 
Units of
 
   
Unexercised
 
Unexercised
 
Option
 
Option
 
Stock That
 
Stock That
 
   
Options
 
Options
 
Exercise
 
Expiration
 
Have Not
 
Have Not
 
Name
 
Exercisable (1)
 
Unexercisable
 
Price
 
Date
 
Vested (2)
 
Vested (3)
 
                               
Michael A. Shriner
 
55,082
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
4,409
 
$
35,625
 
                               
Jeffrey E. Smith
 
22,023
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
1,765
 
$
14,261
 
                               
Nancy E. Schmitz
 
16,524
 
0
 
$
10.75
 
05/18/19
 
1,322
   
10,682
 
           _____________
(1)  
The named executive officers received an option grant on May 9, 2008.  All options outstanding vested in 20% increments beginning May 9, 2009.
(2)  
The named executive officers received a grant of restricted stock on December 14, 2009.  All awards of restricted stock vest in 20% equal annual increments beginning December 14, 2010.
(3)  
The market value of the shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested is calculated using the closing sale price for the common stock on June 30, 2014 of $8.08.

 
66

 

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan.  The Bank’s executive incentive retirement plan provides for equal annual installments for a period of 15 years commencing on the first day of the calendar month following the termination of employment due to retirement, resignation, disability or death.  All payments under the plan are in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.  The amount payable is based on the vested balance of the executive’s accumulated awards plus interest at the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal, credited quarterly, but no less than 4% or greater than 12%.  The annual awards are based upon the executive’s base salary in effect at the beginning of the plan year and the Bank’s attainment of net income targets for the completed fiscal year as compared to the prior fiscal year.  The executive incentive plan provides that no award will be made with respect to any fiscal year unless net income for the Bank exceeds $1.0 million.  The percentage vested is based on the sum of the executive’s age and years of service.  The participant becomes fully vested if still employed at age 65 or upon death, or upon a change in control of the Bank.  Upon the death of the participant, the beneficiary shall receive the remaining balance paid in a lump sum.  The plan has been frozen with interest being paid on previous balances.

Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement. The Bank has entered into Life Insurance Agreements with Messrs. Shriner and Smith and Ms. Schmitz, which provide a death benefit equal to the following: if the executive is:  (i) employed by the Bank at the time of his or her death, (ii) has retired from employment with the Bank after completion of not less than twenty (20) years of service with Milling Bank, or (iii) has retired from employment with the Bank and at such date of retirement the sum of the executive’s age and years of service equals not less than 70, then the executive’s beneficiary is entitled to payment of an amount equal to 200% of the executive’s highest annual base salary (not including bonus, equity compensation, deferred compensation or any other forms of compensation) in effect at the Bank at any time during the three calendar years prior to the date of retirement or death of the executive.  The maximum death benefits for Messrs. Shriner and Smith and Ms. Schmitz are approximately $500,000, $307,000 and $265,794, respectively.

If a change in control of the Bank shall occur prior to the executive’s termination of employment or retirement, then the death benefit coverage shall remain in effect until the executive’s death, unless the agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms prior to such date of a change in control.  Coverage under the agreement for the executive who terminates employment with the Bank (for reasons other than death or a change in control of the Bank) prior to completion of at least ten years of service with the Bank (and prior to the occurrence of a change of control) will cease on his or her last day of employment with the Bank.

Millington Savings Bank Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified defined contribution savings plan with a profit sharing component for the benefit of all eligible employees.  Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, employees may also voluntarily elect to defer between 1% and 80% of their compensation as 401(k) savings under the 401(k) Plan, not to exceed applicable limits under federal tax laws.  In addition, the 401(k) Plan had previously provided for a profit-sharing component and an annual contribution is made by the Bank to the 401(k) Plan for all employees who have completed twelve months of service.  This component was suspended effective January 1, 2012.  The 401(k) Plan also provides for matching contributions up to a maximum of 50% of the first 6% of a person’s salary for each participant.  Employee contributions are immediately fully vested.  Matching contributions and any annual profit-sharing contribution are vested after three years of service.  Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) Plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of investment options or vehicles available.


 
67

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan.  The Bank has established the the Millington Savings Bank ESOP for the exclusive benefit of participating employees of the Bank.  Participating employees are salaried, full-time employees who have completed at least one year of service and have attained the age of 21.  Benefits may be paid either in shares of the common stock or in cash.  Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account will be allocated annually among participants on the basis of compensation.  Participants become vested in their ESOP benefits at the rate of twenty percent per year of service beginning after two years of service and are fully vested in their accounts upon six years of service.  Employment service before the adoption of the ESOP is credited for the purposes of vesting.  Contributions to the ESOP by the Bank are discretionary, but are anticipated to be sufficient in amount necessary for the ESOP to meet the debt service obligations on the ESOP loan.  For the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended June 30, 2014, 134,825 and 126,464 shares had been allocated under the ESOP.
 
The ESOP borrowed funds from the Company pursuant to a loan agreement and used those funds to purchase 202,342 shares of the Company’s common stock for the ESOP in connection with the Company’s minority stock offering in 2007. The purchased shares serve as collateral for the loan. The loan is being repaid principally through quarterly contributions to the ESOP by Millington Savings over the 12-year loan term. The loan is currently scheduled to be paid off on December 31, 2018. Shares purchased by the ESOP are held in a suspense account for allocation among the participants’ accounts as the loan is repaid on a pro-rata basis.
 
Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account in an amount proportional to the repayment of the ESOP loan will be allocated to each eligible participant’s plan account, based on the ratio of each participant’s compensation to the total compensation of all eligible participants. Vested benefits will be payable generally upon the participants’ termination of employment, and will be paid in the form of common stock. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718-40, we are required to record a compensation expense each year in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares released from the suspense account.
 
 Employment Agreements

The Bank has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Shriner and Smith and Ms. Schmitz.  As of January 1, 2015, Mr.  Shriner’s, Mr. Smith’s and Ms. Schmitz’ current base salaries are $250,000, $153,557 and $132,897, respectively.  Messrs. Shriner’s and Smith’s employment agreements have terms of three years and Ms. Schmitz’ agreement has a one year term.  Each of the agreements provides for an annual one-year extension of the term of the agreement upon determination of the Board of Directors that the executive’s performance has met the requirements and standards of the Board, so that the remaining term of the agreement continues to be three years in the case of Messrs. Shriner and Smith, and one year in the case of Ms. Schmitz.  If the Bank terminates Messrs. Shriner or Smith or Ms. Schmitz without “just cause” as defined in the agreement, they will be entitled to a continuation of their salary from the date of termination through the remaining term of their agreement, but in no event for a period of less than 12 months and during the same period, the cost of obtaining all health, life, disability, and other benefits at levels substantially equal to those being provided on the date of termination of employment.  All of the employment agreements provide that if their employment is terminated without just cause or if they terminate for “good reason” as defined in the agreement within twenty-four months following a change in control, they will be paid a lump sum amount equal to approximately three times their five year average annual compensation in the case of Mr. Shriner and Mr. Smith and one times her five year average annual compensation in the case of Ms. Schmitz.  Each of the employment agreements provides that the payment will be reduced to the extent necessary so that no payment made under the agreement, when aggregated with all other payments to the individual will constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. If change in control payments had been made under the agreements as of December 31, 2014, the payments would


 
68

 
have equaled approximately $619,375, $385,635 and $98,017 to Mr. Shriner, Mr. Smith and Ms. Schmitz, respectively.
 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 
(a)
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2014, certain information as to those persons who were known to be the beneficial owners of more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock and as to the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
 
Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership (1)
 
Percent of Shares
of Common
Stock Outstanding (2)
           
PL Capital Group
20 E. Jefferson Avenue
Naperville, Illinois  60540
 
428,208
 (3)
 
8.55%
 
             
MSB Financial, MHC
1902 Long Hill Road
Millington, New Jersey  07946
 
3,091,344
   
61.70%
 
             
             

____________
(1)
For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares of Common Stock if he or she has or shares voting or investment power with respect to such shares or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from December 31, 2014. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Except as otherwise noted, ownership is direct, and the named persons or group exercise sole voting and investment power over the shares of the Common Stock.
(2)
In calculating the percentage ownership of an individual or group, the number of shares outstanding is deemed to include any shares which the individual or group have the right to acquire through the exercise of options or otherwise within 60 days of December 31, 2014.
(3)
Based on a Schedule 13D/A dated December 5, 2014 and filed on December 10, 2014.



 
69

 


 
(b)
Security Ownership of Management.

Name
 
Number of Shares Owned (1) (2)
Number of Shares that May Be Acquired Within 60 Days By Exercising Options (3)
Total
Percent of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
           
Gary T. Jolliffe
 
56,3488
60,590
116,938
2.28%
Thomas G. McCain
 
27,8755
19,279
47,154
*
Ferdinand J. Rossi
 
17,7111
19,279
36,990
*
Donald J. Musso
 
1,1000
0
1,100
*
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.
 
30,4211
19,279
49,700
*
W. Scott Gallaway
 
19,4233
19,279
38,702
*
Michael A. Shriner
 
38,1100
55,082
93,192
1.83%
Executive Officers who are not Directors:
       
*
Jeffery E. Smith
 
10,1742
22,033
32,207
*
Robert G. Russell, Jr.
 
00
0
0
John J. Bailey
 
00
0
0
Nancy E. Schmitz
 
6,7400
16,524
23,264
*
           
All directors and executive officers
    as a group (11 persons)  (4)
 
207,9022
231,345
439,247
8.06%
           
____________
(1)  
For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares of Common Stock if he or she has or shares voting or investment power with respect to such shares or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from December 31, 2014. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. Except as otherwise noted, ownership is direct, and the named persons or group exercise sole voting and investment power over the shares of the Common Stock.

(2)  
This column includes the following:                                                                                        
           Shares Held or Allocated
        Under the Millington Savings
Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Michael A. Shriner                                             9,000
Robert G. Russell, Jr.                                                0
John J. Bailey                                                             0
Jeffrey E. Smith                                                  6,409
Nancy e. Schmitz                                                5,418
 
(3)  
In calculating the percentage ownership of an individual or group, the number of shares outstanding is deemed to include any shares which the individual or group have the right to acquire through the exercise of options or otherwise within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(4)  
Includes 20,827 shares allocated to the accounts of executive officers under the ESOP.  Includes 231,345 shares which the directors and executive officers have the right to acquire pursuant to the exercise of options within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

 (c)
Changes in Control. With the exception of the transactions contemplated by the Plan, management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

 
 
70

 

(d)           Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. Set forth below is information as of December 31, 2014 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
   
(A)
 
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
 
(B)
 
 
Weighted-average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
 
(C)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (A))
 
Equity compensation plans
approved by shareholders:
                   
2008 Stock Compensation
and Incentive Plan (1)
 
275,410
 
$
10.75
   
0
   
Total
 
275,410
 
$
10.75
   
0
   



 
71

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Transactions with Related Persons
 
No directors, executive officers or their immediate family members were engaged, directly or indirectly, in transactions with the Company or any subsidiary during the transition period ended December 31, 2014 or any of the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 that exceeded $120,000 (excluding loans with the Bank).

The Bank makes loans to its officers, directors and employees in the ordinary course of business.  All directors and employees are offered a 50 basis point reduction on interest rates for consumer loans or primary residence mortgage loans.  Such loans do not include more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.  Set forth below is a schedule of all loans to directors and executive officers for which a discount on the interest rate has been given:

 
Name of
Related
Person
 
 
 
Nature of Relationship
 
 
Net Interest
Rate
Largest Amount Outstanding Transition Period
Year Ended
12/31/14 (1)
Current
Balance
as of
12/31/2014
 
Amount
of Principal
repaid
 

Secured or
Not Secured
             
Gary T. Jolliffe
Director and past CEO & President
3.75%
$170,062
$168,611
$3,450   
Secured
Thomas G. McCain
Director
6.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Unsecured
Ferdinand J. Rossi
Director
2.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Secured
Michael A. Shriner
Director and current CEO & President
6.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Unsecured
Michael A. Shriner
Director and current CEO & President
2.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Secured
Michael A. Shriner
Director and current CEO & President
2.75%
$268,117
$260,154
$7,963   
Secured
Donald J. Musso
Director
2.75%
$416,134
$416,134
$0   
Secred
Jeffrey E. Smith
Executive Officer
2.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Secured
Jeffrey E. Smith
Executive Officer
5.00%
$22,142
$20,440
$1,702   
Secured
Jeffrey E. Smith
Executive Officer
2.75%
$63,031
$61,159
$1,872   
Secured
Nancy E. Schmitz
Executive Officer
6.75%
$2,187
$1,537
$1,076   
Unsecured
Nancy E. Schmitz
Executive Officer
6.75%
$0
$0
$0   
Unsecured
             

(1)  
Loans shown with a zero current balance represent home equity lines of credit (secured) or overdraft protection lines of credit (unsecured) on which there was no activity during the Transition Period.
 
Director Independence
 
    All of our directors are independent under the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., except for Michael A. Shriner whom we currently employ as President and Chief Executive Officer.

 
72

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services


The Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires all auditing services and non-audit services provided by an issuer’s independent auditor to be pre-approved by the issuer’s audit committee. The Company’s Audit Committee has adopted a policy of approving all audit and non-audit services prior to the service being rendered.  All of the services provided by the Company’s independent auditor, were approved by the Audit Committee prior to the service being rendered.

Audit Fees. The fees incurred by the Company for audit services provided by BDO for the Transition Period and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $94,000, $109,230 and $55,334, respectively.  These fees include professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and review of consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and services normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings, including administrative and out-of-pocket expenses.

Audit Related Fees. The Company did not incur any audit-related fees for services provided by BDO reasonably related to the performance of the audit for the Transition Period or the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Tax Fees. The fees incurred by the Company for services provided by BDO related to the preparation of state and federal tax returns for the Transition Period and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, were $9,050, $14,661 and $8,750, respectively.

All Other Fees. The Company did not incur any other fees payable to BDO for the Transition Period or the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 
73

 


PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(1)           The following financial statements and the reports of independent registered public accounting firms appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K immediately after this Item 15:

Report of Independent Registered Accountant
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of
December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the Years Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)           All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3)           The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:

 
3.1
Charter of MSB Financial Corp. *
 
3.2
Bylaws of MSB Financial Corp. **
 
4
Stock Certificate of MSB Financial Corp.*
 
10.1
Employment Agreement with Michael A. Shriner, As Amended and Restated ***
 
10.2
Employment Agreement with Jeffrey E. Smith, As Amended and Restated ***
 
10.3
Employment Agreement with Nancy E. Schmitz, As Amended and Restated ***
 
10.4
Form of Executive Life Insurance Agreement*
 
10.5
Millington Savings Bank Executive Incentive Retirement Plan Agreement for the Benefit of Senior Officers*
 
10.6
Millington Savings Bank Directors Consultation and Retirement Plan*
 
10.7
MSB Financial Corp. 2008 Stock Compensation and Incentive Plan, As Amended and Restated****
 
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
23.1
Consent of BDO USA, LLP
 
31.1
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
31.2
Certification of Acting CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
32
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document *****
 
101.SCH
XBRL Schema Document *****
 
101.CAL
XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document *****
 
101.LAB
XBRL Labels Linkbase Document *****
 
101.PRE
XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document *****

(footnotes on following page)

 
74

 


_______________
 
*
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement File No. 333-137294)
 
**
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 17, 2014.
 
***
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.
 
****
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form S-8 Registration Statement File No. 333-164264)
 
*****
Submitted as Exhibits 101 to this Form 10-K are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language).





 
75

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 

 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
MSB Financial Corp.
Millington, New Jersey
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the six-month period ended December 31, 2014, and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 

 
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
 
Woodbridge, New Jersey
March 3, 2015

 
 
F-1

 

MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 
At
December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2014
   
2013
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
(Restated)
 
Assets
                   
Cash and due from banks
$
6,145
 
$
6,432
   
$
19,941
 
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
 
1,374
   
876
     
4,814
 
                     
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
7,519
   
7,308
     
24,755
 
                     
                     
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $77,975, $83,636 and
$78,367,
respectively)
 
78,518
   
84,932
     
80,912
 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,634,
$3,686 and
$4,270, respectively
 
231,449
   
230,275
     
223,256
 
Other real estate owned
 
1,283
   
409
     
530
 
Premises and equipment
 
8,298
   
8,486
     
8,882
 
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
 
1,710
   
2,190
     
1,827
 
Bank owned life insurance
 
7,246
   
7,136
     
6,919
 
Accrued interest receivable
 
1,251
   
1,318
     
1,229
 
Other assets
 
2,978
   
3,070
     
4,160
 
                     
Total Assets
$
340,252
 
$
345,124
   
$
352,470
 
                     
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                   
Liabilities
                   
Deposits:
                   
Non-interest bearing
$
24,821
 
$
22,206
   
$
18,559
 
Interest bearing
 
241,247
   
241,183
     
261,908
 
                     
Total Deposits
 
266,068
   
263,389
     
280,467
 
                     
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
 
30,000
   
38,000
     
30,000
 
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
 
575
   
494
     
132
 
Other liabilities
 
2,584
   
2,553
     
2,480
 
                     
Total Liabilities
 
299,227
   
304,436
     
313,079
 
                     
Stockholders’ Equity
                   
Common stock, par value $0.10; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
5,620,625 issued; 5,010,437 shares outstanding
 
562
   
562
     
562
 
Paid-in capital
 
24,689
   
24,616
     
24,473
 
Retained earnings
 
21,766
   
21,548
     
20,560
 
Unallocated common stock held by ESOP (67,447, 75,878 and
92,740 shares,
respectively)
 
(674
 
(759
)
   
(927
)
Treasury stock, at cost, 610,188 shares
 
(5,244
 
(5,244
)
   
(5,244
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(74
 
(35
)
   
(33
)
                     
Total Stockholders’ Equity
 
41,025
   
40,688
     
39,391
 
                     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
$
340,252
 
$
345,124
   
$
352,470
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-2

 
MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
(in thousands except per share amounts)
       
(Unaudited)
             
       
Interest Income
                               
Loans receivable, including fees
 
$
5,049
   
$
4,987
   
$
10,033
   
$
10,435
 
Securities held to maturity
   
875
     
938
     
1,870
     
1,504
 
Other
   
44
     
45
     
89
     
93
 
                                 
Total Interest Income
   
5,968
     
5,970
     
11,992
     
12,032
 
                                 
Interest Expense
                               
Deposits
   
784
     
868
     
1,655
     
2,007
 
Borrowings
   
389
     
381
     
767
     
714
 
                                 
Total Interest Expense
   
1,173
     
1,249
     
2,422
     
2,721
 
                                 
Net Interest Income
   
4,795
     
4,721
     
9,570
     
9,311
 
                                 
Provision for Loan Losses
   
100
     
300
     
600
     
4,044
 
                                 
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
   
4,695
     
4,421
     
8,970
     
5,267
 
                                 
Non-Interest Income
                               
Fees and service charges
   
170
     
200
     
407
     
329
 
Income from bank owned life insurance
   
110
     
109
     
217
     
217
 
Unrealized gain on trading securities
   
     
     
     
1
 
Other
   
44
     
54
     
100
     
103
 
                                 
Total Non-Interest Income
   
324
     
363
     
724
     
650
 
                                 
Non-Interest Expenses
                               
Salaries and employee benefits
   
2,039
     
1,885
     
3,784
     
3,859
 
Directors compensation
   
239
     
227
     
444
     
495
 
Occupancy and equipment
   
678
     
662
     
1,343
     
1,403
 
Service bureau fees
   
264
     
308
     
626
     
553
 
Advertising
   
72
     
71
     
144
     
162
 
FDIC assessment
   
144
     
248
     
410
     
291
 
Professional services
   
412
     
273
     
547
     
543
 
Fraud loss
   
439
     
     
     
 
Other
   
457
     
350
     
860
     
983
 
                                 
Total Non-Interest Expenses
   
4,744
     
4,024
     
8,158
     
8,289
 
                                 
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
   
275
     
760
     
1,536
     
(2,372
)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
   
57
     
261
     
548
     
(987
)
Net Income (Loss)
 
$
218
   
$
499
   
$
988
   
$
(1,385
)
                                 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding-basic and diluted
   
4,939
     
4,922
     
4,926
     
4,933
 
                                 
Earnings (Loss) per common share-basic and diluted
 
$
0.04
   
$
0.10
   
$
0.20
   
$
(0.28
)
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

 
 
MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) – (Continued)

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
       
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
                               
                                 
Defined benefit pension plans:
                               
                     
          
         
Actuarial loss arising during period, net of tax of  $24 and $— for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively and ($1) and ($36) for the year ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively
 
$
(37)
   
$
   
$
2
   
$
50
 
                                 
Reclassification adjustment for prior service cost included in net income, net of tax of $— and( $1) for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively and ($2) and ($4) for the year ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively [Note A]
   
     
1
     
2
     
7
 
                                 
Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial (gain) loss included in net income, net of tax $2 and $3 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $5 and ($6) for the year ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively [Note B]
   
(2)
     
(3
)
   
(6
)
   
11
 
                                 
Other comprehensive (loss)  income
   
(39)
     
(2
)
   
(2
)
   
68
 
                                 
    Comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
179
   
$
497
   
$
986
   
$
(1,317
)

Note A:  The gross amount of prior service cost amortization is recorded in Directors’ Compensation.  The related tax impact is recorded in income tax expense.

Note B:  The gross amount of actuarial (gain) loss amortization is recorded in Salaries and Benefits, ($15), ($14), ($28) and ($16), respectively, and Directors’ Compensation, $11, $8, $17 and $33, respectively.  The related tax expense is recorded in income tax expense.


See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

 
 
MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity


               
Unallocated
             
               
Common
     
Accumulated
     
               
Stock
     
Other
 
Total
 
   
Common
 
Paid-In
 
Retained
 
Held by
 
Treasury
 
Comprehensive
 
Stockholders’
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Stock
 
Capital
 
Earnings
 
ESOP
 
Stock
 
Loss
 
Equity
 
       
                                             
Balance - June 30, 2012 (as originally presented)
 
$
562
 
$
24,214
 
$
22,067
 
$
(1,096
)
$
(4,768
)
$
(101
)
$
40,878
 
Restatement adjustment
               
(122)
                     
(122)
 
Balance - June 30, 2012 (as restated)
               
21,945
                     
40,756
 
Net loss
               
(1,385
)
                   
(1,385
)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                                 
68
   
68
 
Allocation of ESOP stock
         
(58
)
       
169
               
111
 
Treasury stock repurchased (74,855 Shares)
                           
(476
)
       
(476
)
Stock-based compensation
         
317
                           
317
 
                                             
Balance - June 30, 2013 (as restated)
 
$
562
 
$
24,473
 
$
20,560
 
$
(927
)
$
(5,244
)
$
(33
)
$
39,391
 
                                             
Net  income
               
988
                     
988
 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                                 
(2)
   
(2
)
Allocation of ESOP stock
         
(37
)
       
168
               
131
 
Stock-based compensation
         
180
                           
180
 
                                             
Balance - June 30, 2014 (as restated)
 
$
562
 
$
24,616
 
$
21,548
 
$
(759
)
$
(5,244
)
$
(35
)
$
40,688
 
                                             
Net  income
               
218
                     
218
 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
                                 
(39)
   
(39)
 
Allocation of ESOP stock
         
(9)
         
85
               
76
 
Stock-based compensation
         
82
                           
82
 
Balance – December 31, 2014
 
$
562
 
$
24,689
 
$
21,766
 
$
(674)
 
$
(5,244)
 
$
(74)
 
$
41,025
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

 
 
MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
       
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 218     $ 499     $ 988     $ (1,385 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
                               
Net amortization (accretion) of securities premiums
and discounts and deferred loan fees and costs
    (16     3       (13 )     (263 )
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
    238       253       496       567  
Stock based compensation and allocation of ESOP stock
    158       153       311       428  
Provision for loan losses
    100       300       600       4,044  
Loss on impairment of other real estate owned
                      64  
Gain on sale of other real estate owned
    (1 )     (123 )     (142 )     (62 )
Deferred income taxes
    178             448       (494 )
Income from bank owned life insurance
    (110 )     (109 )     (217 )     (217 )
Unrealized gain  on trading securities
                      (1 )
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
    67       (71 )     (89 )     112  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (60 )     (181 )     644       257  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (34 )     66       69       77  
                                 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
    738       790       3,095       3,127  
                                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                               
Activity in held to maturity securities:
                               
Purchases
          (8,379 )     (8,380 )     (71,755 )
Maturities, calls and principal repayments
    6,371       3,251       4,262       41,622  
Net (increase) decrease in loans receivable
    (2,133 )     (9,441 )     (9,203 )     10,674  
Purchase of bank premises and equipment
    (50 )     (59 )     (100 )     (49 )
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
                      (588 )
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
          (202 )     (565 )     (462 )
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
    480       45       202        
Capitalized improvements of other real estate owned
    (64 )     (74 )     (87 )     (72 )
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned
    89       1,178       2,045       2,276  
Proceeds from the sale of trading securities
                      53  
                                 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    4,713       (13,681 )     (11,826 )     (18,301 )
                                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                               
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
    2,679       (10,034 )     (17,078 )     (3,331 )
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
          3,500       11,500       10,000  
Repayment of advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
    (8,000 )     315       (3,500 )      
Increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    81             362       35  
Cash dividends paid to minority shareholders
                      (56 )
Purchase of treasury stock
                      (476 )
                                 
Net Cash  (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities
    (5,240 )     (6,219 )     (8,716 )     6,172  
                                 
Net Increase (decrease)  in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    211       (19,110 )     (17,447 )     (9,002 )
                                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning
    7,308       24,755       24,755       33,757  
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Ending
  $ 7,519     $ 5,645     $ 7,308     $ 24,755  
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

 
 
MSB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Year Ended June 30,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
       
(Unaudited)
         
       
Supplementary Cash Flows Information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 1,164     $ 1,251     $ 2,425     $ 2,723  
                                 
Income taxes paid
  $ 3     $ 1     $ 1     $ 239  
                                 
Loan receivable transferred to other real estate
  $ 898     $ 1,618     $ 1,695     $ 2,736  

 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

 
Note 1 – Organization and Business
 
MSB Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is a federally-chartered corporation organized in 2004 for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock that Millington Savings Bank (the “Bank”) issued in its mutual holding company reorganization. The Company’s principal business is the ownership and operation of the Bank.
 
MSB Financial, MHC (the “MHC”) is a federally-chartered mutual holding company that was formed in 2004 in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization. The MHC has not engaged in any significant business other than its ownership interest in the Company since its formation. So long as the MHC is in existence, it will at all times own a majority of the outstanding stock of the Company. At December 31, 2014, the MHC owned 61.7% of the Company’s outstanding common shares.
 
The Bank is a New Jersey chartered stock savings bank and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The primary business of the Bank is attracting retail deposits from the general public and using those deposits together with funds generated from operations, principal repayments on securities and loans and borrowed funds, for its lending and investing activities. The Bank’s loan portfolio primarily consists of one-to-four family and home equity residential loans, commercial loans, and construction loans. It also invests in U.S. government obligations and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is regulated by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the FDIC. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) regulates the MHC and the Company as savings and loan holding companies.
 
The primary business of Millington Savings Service Corp (the “Service Corp”) was the ownership and operation of a single commercial rental property, which was sold during the year ended June 30, 2007. Currently the Service Corp is inactive.
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Consolidated Financial Statement Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, the Service Corp. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of financial condition and revenues and expenses for the periods then ended. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
 
A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses all available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions in the Bank’s market area.  In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the consolidated statement of financial condition date of December 31, 2014 for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements.  The evaluation was conducted through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.
 
 
F-8

 


Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
Effective November 17, 2014, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.  The six month period ended December 31, 2014 is the Company’s transitional period for its change in fiscal year end.

Prior Period Adjustment

During the Transition Period, we determined that income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were misstated by an aggregate of $122,000.  The misstatements related to the calculation of deferred income taxes.  Accordingly, a restatement adjustment was made, effective June 30, 2011, to reduce both deferred income tax assets and stockholders’ equity by $122,000.  For purposes of the audited consolidated financial statements, the restatement is reflected in the opening balances of the earliest year presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from depository institutions and interest-bearing deposits with banks with original maturities of three months or less.
 
Securities
 
Investments in debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of being sold in the near term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as trading securities or as held to maturity securities are classified as available for sale securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains or losses, net of applicable income taxes, reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  The Company had no trading or available for sale securities as of December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 or June 30, 2013.
 
Individual securities are considered impaired when their fair value is less than amortized cost. Management evaluates all securities with unrealized losses quarterly to determine if such impairments are “temporary” or “other-than-temporary” in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.  Accordingly, the Company accounts for temporary impairments based upon a security’s classification as trading, available for sale or held to maturity.  Temporary impairments on available for sale securities are recognized, on a tax-effected basis, through other comprehensive income (loss) with offsetting entries adjusting the carrying value of the security and the balance of deferred taxes.  Temporary impairments of held to maturity securities are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements; however, information concerning the amount and duration of impairments on held to maturity securities is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  The carrying value of securities held in the trading portfolio is adjusted to fair value through earnings on a monthly basis.

Other-than-temporary impairments on securities that the Company has decided to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell prior to the full recovery of their fair value to a level equal to or exceeding amortized cost are recognized in earnings.  Otherwise, the other-than-temporary impairment is bifurcated into credit-related and noncredit-related components.  The credit-related impairment generally represents the amount by which the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on a debt security falls below its amortized cost.  The noncredit-related component represents the remaining portion of the impairment not otherwise designated as credit-related. Credit-related other-than-temporary impairments are recognized in earnings while noncredit-related other-than-temporary impairments are recognized, net of deferred taxes, in other comprehensive income (loss).
 
F-9

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company reviews its investment portfolio on a quarterly basis for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value of a security has been lower than the cost, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer.  The Company also assesses its intent with regard to selling or holding each security as well as any conditions which may require the sale of security prior to the recovery of fair value to a level which equals or exceeds amortized cost.

Discounts and premiums on securities are accreted/amortized to maturity by use of the level-yield method. Gain or loss on sales of securities is based on the specific identification method.

Concentration of Risk
 
The Bank’s lending activities are concentrated in loans secured by real estate located in the State of New Jersey.
 
Loans Receivable
 
Loans are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan.
 
For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or when management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. Certain loans may remain on accrual status if they are in the process of collection and are either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest received on nonaccrual loans, including impaired loans, generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  The past due status of all classes of loans receivable is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments.

Allowance for Credit Losses
 
The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the statement of financial condition date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The reserve for unfunded lending commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in its unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities, when required, on the consolidated statement of financial condition. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable that are deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management determines that the repayment of that amount is highly unlikely.  Any subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount deemed uncollectible.  
 
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, the composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors.
 
 
F-10

 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
 
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
The allowance calculation methodology includes segregation of the total loan portfolio into segments. The Company’s loans receivable portfolio is comprised of the following segments: residential mortgage, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and industrial and consumer.  Some segments of the Company’s loan receivable portfolio are further disaggregated into classes which allow management to more accurately monitor risk and performance.
 
The residential mortgage loan segment is disaggregated into two classes: one-to-four family loans, which are primarily first liens, and home equity loans, which consist of first and second liens.  The commercial real estate loan segment includes owner and non-owner occupied loans which have medium risk based on historical experience with these type of loans.  The construction loan segment is further disaggregated into two classes: one-to-four family owner-occupied, which includes land loans, whereby the owner is known and there is less risk, and other, whereby the property is generally under development and tends to have more risk than the one-to-four family owner-occupied loans.  The commercial and industrial loan segment consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of commercial customers. The majority of commercial and industrial loans are secured by real estate and thus carry a lower risk than traditional commercial and industrial loans.  The consumer loan segment consists primarily of installment loans and overdraft lines of credit connected with customer deposit accounts.

The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers pools of loans by loan class. These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure based upon historical loss rates for each of these classes of loans, adjusted for qualitative factors.  These qualitative risk factors include:

    1.
Lending policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices.
    2.
National, regional, and local economic and business conditions as well as the condition of various market segments, including the value of underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans.
    3.
Nature and volume of the portfolio and terms of loans.
    4.
Experience, ability, and depth of lending management and staff.
    5.
Volume and severity of past due, classified and nonaccrual loans as well as and other loan modifications.
    6.
Quality of the Company’s loan review system, and the degree of oversight by the Company’s Board of Directors.
    7.
Existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations.
    8.
Effect of external factors, such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements.
 
Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 
F-11

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
Impaired Loans
 
Management evaluates individual loans in all of the loan segments (including loans in the residential mortgage and consumer segments) for possible impairment if the recorded investment in the loan is greater than $200,000 and if the loan is either in nonaccrual status or is risk rated Substandard or worse or has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.  A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
 
Loans whose terms are modified are classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a TDR generally involve a reduction in interest rate below market rate given the associated credit risk, or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date or capitalization of interest and/or escrow. Nonaccrual TDRs are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification.  Loans classified as TDRs are designated as impaired until they are ultimately repaid in full or foreclosed and sold.  The nature and extent of impairment of TDRs, including those which experienced a subsequent default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses.
 
Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, impairment is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan to one of the following: (a) the present value of expected cash flows (discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate), (b) the loan’s observable market price or (c) the fair value of collateral adjusted for expected selling costs.  The method is selected on a loan by loan basis with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method.
 
The estimated fair values of the real estate collateral are determined primarily through third-party appraisals. When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary. This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, the loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property. Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value. The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.
 
The estimated fair values of the non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging schedules or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.
 
The evaluation of the need and amount of the allowance for impaired loans and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis.  The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from its overall policy for interest recognition.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
 
Other real estate owned represents real estate acquired through formal foreclosure or by taking possession of the real estate and is initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs establishing a new cost basis.  Write-downs required at the time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses establishing a new cost basis.  Thereafter, the Company maintains an allowance for decreases in the properties’ estimated fair value, through charges to earnings.  Such charges are included in other non-interest expense along with any additional property maintenance.  OREO totaled $1,283,000, $409,000 and $530,000, respectively, at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.
 
 
 
F-12

 

 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are comprised of land, at cost, and buildings, building improvements, furnishings and equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization charges are computed on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
   
Years
          Building and improvements
 
5 - 50
          Furnishings and equipment
 
3 – 7
          Leasehold improvements
 
Shorter of useful life or term of lease
 
Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized to the premises and equipment account. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the year incurred. Rental income is netted against occupancy costs in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system to hold restricted stock of its district’s FHLB according to a predetermined formula based on advances available and outstanding. The restricted stock is carried at cost.  Management’s determination of whether these shares are impaired is based on an assessment of the ultimate recoverability of its cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.  The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB.

Management believes no impairment charge was necessary related to the FHLB restricted stock during the six months ended December 31, 2014 or the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 or 2013.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
Bank owned life insurance is carried at net cash surrender value. The change in the net cash surrender value is recorded as a component of non-interest income.
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
In accordance with applicable guidance prescribed in FASB ASC 715, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits”, the Company recognizes the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in the consolidated statement of financial condition, with changes in the funded status recorded through other comprehensive income (loss) in the year in which those changes occur.  The funded status of the plan is calculated using actuarial concepts which involve making assumptions regarding discount rate, mortality, expected rate of compensation increases and others.
 
 
F-13

 
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
Stock-based Compensation Plans
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, the Company recognizes compensation expense for the total of the fair value of all share-based compensation awards granted over the requisite service periods.  In addition, ASC 718 requires that cash flow activity be reported on a financing rather than an operating cash flow basis for the benefits, if any, of realized tax deductions in excess of previously recognized tax benefits on compensation expense.
 
Advertising
 
The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred.
 
Income Taxes Expense (Benefit)
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return with the MHC. Federal income taxes are allocated based on the contribution of their respective income or loss to the consolidated income tax return. Separate state income tax returns are filed.
 
Federal and state income taxes have been provided in these consolidated financial statements on the basis of reported income (loss). The amounts reflected on the income tax returns differ from these provisions due principally to temporary differences in the reporting of certain items of income and expense for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are recorded to recognize such temporary differences.

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes”, formerly FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN48”).  ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognizing, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the Company’s evaluation under ASC 740, no significant income tax uncertainties have been identified. Therefore, the Company recognized no adjustment for unrecognized income tax benefits for the six months ended December 31, 2014 or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income (loss). The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties for the six months ended December 31, 2014 or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  The tax years subject to examination by the taxing authorities are the years ended June 30, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Credit-Related Financial Instruments
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under lines of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
 
 
 
F-14

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
 
Earnings (Loss) per Share
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, exclusive of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) shares not yet committed to be released. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding to include the effect of contracts or securities exercisable (such as stock options) or which could be converted into common stock, if dilutive, using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per share did not differ from basic earnings (loss) per share for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited) or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, as the 275,410 weighted average number of outstanding stock options for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited) or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, were all anti-dilutive and the Company incurred a net loss during the year ended June 30, 2013.
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) includes benefit plans amounts recognized under ASC 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits”.  This item of other comprehensive income (loss) reflects, net of tax, prior service costs and unrealized net losses that had not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements prior to the implementation of ASC 715 along with actuarial losses arising during the current period.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using these deposits, together with other funds, to purchase securities and to make loans primarily secured by real estate. The potential for interest-rate risk exists as a result of the generally shorter duration of the Bank’s interest-sensitive liabilities compared to the generally longer duration of its interest-sensitive assets. In a rising rate environment, liabilities will generally reprice faster than assets, thereby reducing net interest income. For this reason, management regularly monitors the maturity structure of the Bank’s assets and liabilities in order to measure its level of interest-rate risk and to plan for future volatility.
 
Note 3 - Stock Offering and Stock Repurchase Program

A Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-137294), as amended, was filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offer for sale of up to 2,199,375 shares (subject to increase to 2,529,281 shares) of its common stock at $10.00 per share. The offering closed on January 4, 2007 and 2,529,281 shares were sold for gross proceeds of $25,292,810, including 202,342 shares sold to the Bank’s newly established ESOP. Net proceeds of the offering totaled approximately $24.5 million. Concurrent with the closing of the offering, the MHC received 3,091,344 shares of Company common stock in exchange for the 10,000 shares previously owned. At June 30, 2014, the MHC is the majority stockholder of the Company owning 61.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Prior to January 4, 2007, the MHC owned 100% of the Company’s outstanding 10,000 shares of common stock.
 
Since the first repurchase program authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 29, 2008, the Company has repurchased 610,188 shares of the Company’s common stock through several repurchase programs.  The Company did not repurchase any shares during the six months ended December 31, 2014 or the year ended June 30, 2014.
 
The Company did not declare or pay any cash dividends during the six months ended December 31, 2014, or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 
 
F-15

 

Note 4 - Securities Held to Maturity
 
The amortized cost of securities held to maturity and their fair values are summarized as follows:

   
Amortized
Cost
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
 
    (In thousands)  
December 31, 2014:
                               
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
44,180
   
$
   
$
967
   
$
43,213
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
25,426
     
567
     
184
     
25,809
 
Corporate bonds
   
4,611
     
37
     
12
     
4,636
 
Certificates of deposits
   
4,301
     
17
     
1
     
4,317
 
                                 
   
$
78,518
   
$
621
   
$
1,164
   
$
77,975
 
                                 
June 30, 2014:
                               
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
49,177
   
$
49
   
$
1,551
   
$
47,675
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
26,089
     
464
     
338
     
26,215
 
Corporate bonds
   
4,630
     
56
     
5
     
4,681
 
Certificates of deposits
   
5,036
     
30
     
1
     
5,065
 
                                 
   
$
84,932
   
$
599
   
$
1,895
   
$
83,636
 
June 30, 2013:
                               
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
46,194
   
$
84
   
$
2,131
   
$
44,147
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
24,768
     
297
     
754
     
24,311
 
Corporate bonds
   
4,669
     
15
     
72
     
4,612
 
Certificates of deposits
   
5,281
     
17
     
1
     
5,297
 
                                 
   
$
80,912
   
$
413
   
$
2,958
   
$
78,367
 

All mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 have been issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA and are secured by 1-4 family residential real estate.
 

 
F-16

 
Note 4 - Securities Held to Maturity (Continued)

The amortized cost and fair value of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
(In thousands)
 
Amortized Cost
   
Fair
Value
 
U.S. Government agencies:
               
De after one year through five years
 
$
19,000
 
 
$
18,730
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
13,180
     
12,877
 
Due thereafter
   
12,000
     
11,606
 
     
44,180
     
43,213
 
                 
Mortgage-backed securities
               
Due after one year through five years
   
1,042
     
1,025
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
19,383
     
19,807
 
Due thereafter
   
5,001
     
4,977
 
     
25,426
     
25,809
 
                 
Corporate Bonds
               
Due after one year through five years
   
3,111
     
3,137
 
 Due after five years through ten years
   
1,500
     
1,499
 
     
4,611
     
4,636
 
Certificates of Deposits
               
Due within one year
   
1,380
     
1,383
 
Due after one year through five years
   
2,921
     
2,934
 
     
4,301
     
4,317
 
   
$
78,518
   
$
77,975
 

There were no sales of securities held to maturity during the six months ended December 31, 2014 or the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.  At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 securities held to maturity with a fair value of approximately $992,300, $764,000 and $782,000, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds on deposit.

 
F-17

 


The following table provides the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in an unrealized loss position, by the length of time that such securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

   
Less than 12 Months
   
More than 12 Months
   
Total
 
   
Fair
Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   
(In thousands)
 
December 31, 2014:
                                   
U.S. Government agencies
  $     $     $ 43,213     $ 967     $ 43,213     $ 967  
Mortgage-backed securities
    12             13,499       184       13,511       184  
Corporate bonds
    998       3       1,020       9       2,018       12  
Certificates of deposits
    489       1                   489       1  
    $ 1,499     $ 4     $ 57,732     $ 1,160     $ 59,231     $ 1,164  
                                                 
June 30, 2014:
                                               
U.S. Government agencies
  $ 36,339     $ 1,341     $ 6,290     $ 210     $ 42,629     $ 1,551  
Mortgage-backed securities
    17,022       325       816       13       17,838       338  
Corporate bonds
    1,031       5                   1,031       5  
Certificates of deposits
    489       1                   489       1  
    $ 54,881     $ 1,672     $ 7,106     $ 223     $ 61,987     $ 1,895  
                                                 
June 30, 2013:
                                               
U.S. Government agencies
  $ 42,048     $ 2,131     $     $     $ 42,048     $ 2,131  
Mortgage-backed securities
    18,401       754                   18,401       754  
Corporate bonds
    2,980       72                   2,980       72  
Certificates of deposits
    246       1                   246       1  
    $ 63,675     $ 2,958     $     $     $ 63,675     $ 2,958  

At December 31, 2014, management concluded that the unrealized losses above (which related to thirty-one U.S. Government agency bonds, fourteen mortgage-backed securities, three corporate bonds and two certificates of deposit compared to thirty-one U.S. Government agency bonds, twenty-two mortgage-backed securities, two corporate bonds and two certificates of deposit, as of June 30, 2014 and thirty-one U.S. Government agency bonds, fourteen mortgage-backed securities, five corporate bonds and one certificate of deposit, as of June 30, 2013) were temporary in nature since they were not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuer.  The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company would be required to sell these securities prior to the full recovery of fair value to a level which equals or exceeds amortized cost.  The losses above are primarily related to market conditions and are considered noncredit related and temporary.

 
 
F-18

 
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The composition of total loans receivable at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
(in thousands)   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
Residential mortgage:
                 
One-to-four family
  $ 144,966     $ 143,283     $ 136,704  
Home equity
    36,847       38,484       40,682  
                         
      181,813       181,767       177,386  
                         
 Commercial real estate
    31,637       32,036       32,171  
 Construction
    12,651       12,517       8,895  
 Commercial and industrial
    9,663       9,666       9,267  
                         
      53,951       54,219       50,333  
                         
Consumer:
                       
Deposit accounts
    913       602       611  
Automobile
    30       33       111  
Personal
    32       36       32  
Overdraft protection
    177       161       175  
                         
      1,152       832       929  
 
                       
Total Loans Receivable
    236,916       236,818       228,648  
                         
Loans in process
    (1,499 )     (2,491 )     (745 )
Deferred loan fees
    (334 )     (366 )     (377 )
                         
    $ 235,083     $ 233,961     $ 227,526  


 
F-19

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
 
The following tables present impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a related allowance was required and those for which a related allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the average recorded investment in and interest income recognized on impaired loans during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

   
December 31, 2014
   
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2014
 
(in thousands)
 
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
                               
With no related allowance recorded:
                             
   Residential mortgage
                             
        One-to-four family
  $ 14,479     $ 15,168     $ -     $ 15,228     $ 317  
        Home equity
    734       828       -       1,082       17  
   Commercial real estate
    1,328       1,386       -       1,727       15  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    -       -       -       1,138       24  
        Other
    564       638       -       604       14  
   Commercial and industrial
    727       1,266       -       676       17  
      17,832       19,286       -       20,455       404  
                                         
                                         
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
    -       -       -       -       -  
        Home equity
    -       -       -       -       -  
   Commercial real estate
    544       943       7       181       19  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    -       -       -       -       -  
        Other
    -       -       -       92       -  
   Commercial and industrial
    -       -       -       26       -  
      544       943       7       299       19  
Total:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
    14,479       15,168       -       15,228       317  
        Home equity
    734       828       -       1,082       17  
   Commercial real estate
    1,872       2,329       7       1,908       34  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    -       -       -       1,138       24  
        Other
    564       638       -       696       14  
   Commercial and industrial
    727       1,267       -       702       17  
    $ 18,376     $ 20,229     $ 7     $ 20,754     $ 423  
                                         
 
(1)  
As of December 31, 2014, impaired loans listed above include $16.1 million of loans previously modified in TDRs and as such are considered impaired under GAAP.  As of December 31, 2014, $11.5 million of these loans have been performing in accordance with their modified terms for an extended period of time and as such were removed from non-accrual status and considered performing.


 
F-20

 


Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 
   
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2013
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands)
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
             
With no related allowance recorded:
           
   Residential mortgage
           
        One-to-four family
  $ 14,384     $ 313  
        Home equity
    2,239       28  
   Commercial real estate
    1,303       20  
   Construction
               
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,138       48  
        Other
    1,033       22  
   Commercial and industrial
    848       18  
   Consumer
    -       -  
      20,945       449  
                 
                 
With an allowance recorded:
               
   Residential mortgage
               
        One-to-four family
    963       -  
        Home equity
    445       -  
   Commercial real estate
    1,067       18  
   Construction
               
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    569       -  
        Other
    92       1  
   Commercial and industrial
    13       1  
    Consumer
    1       -  
      3,150       20  
Total:
               
   Residential mortgage
               
        One-to-four family
    15,347       313  
        Home equity
    2,684       28  
   Commercial real estate
    2,370       38  
   Construction
               
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,707       48  
        Other
    1,125       23  
   Commercial and industrial
    861       19  
   Consumer
    1       -  
    $ 24,095     $ 469  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2013 (unaudited), impaired loans listed above include $15.9 million of loans previously modified in TDRs and as such are considered impaired under GAAP.  As of December 31, 2013 (unaudited), $12.6 million of these loans have been performing in accordance with their modified terms for an extended period of time and as such were removed from non-accrual status and considered performing.
 
 
F-21

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
 

   
June 30, 2014
   
Year Ended
June 30, 2014
 
         
Unpaid
         
Average
   
Interest
 
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Related
   
Recorded
   
Income
 
(in thousands)
 
Investment
   
Balance
   
Allowance
   
Investment
   
Recognized
 
       
With no related allowance recorded:
                             
   Residential mortgage
                             
        One-to-four family
  $ 15,975     $ 16,667     $     $ 14,982     $ 620  
        Home equity
    1,740       1,756             2,019       41  
   Commercial real estate
    1,973       2,431             1,404       76  
   Construction
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,707       1,936             1,365       97  
        Other
    750       750             920       36  
   Commercial and industrial
    648       1,187             813       36  
      22,793       24,727             21,503       906  
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
                      632        
        Home equity
                      294        
   Commercial real estate
                      752        
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
                      341        
        Other
    137       138       73       110       3  
   Commercial and industrial
                             
      137       138       73       2,129       3  
Total:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
    15,975       16,667             15,614       620  
        Home equity
    1,740       1,756             2,313       41  
   Commercial real estate
    1,973       2,431             2,156       76  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,707       1,936             1,706       97  
        Other
    887       888       73       1,030       39  
   Commercial and industrial
    648       1,187             813       36  
    $ 22,930     $ 24,865     $ 73     $ 23,632     $ 909  
                                         
 
(1)  
As of June 30, 2014, impaired loans listed above include $16.7 million of loans previously modified in TDRs and as such are considered impaired under GAAP.  As of June 30, 2014, $13.4 million of these loans have been performing in accordance with their modified terms for an extended period of time and as such were removed from non-accrual status and considered performing.
 
 
F-22

 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
 
   
June 30, 2013
   
Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
         
Unpaid
         
Average
   
Interest
 
   
Recorded
   
Principal
   
Related
   
Recorded
   
Income
 
(in thousands)
 
Investment
   
Balance
   
Allowance
   
Investment
   
Recognized
 
       
With no related allowance recorded:
                             
   Residential mortgage
                             
        One-to-four family
  $ 13,817     $ 14,747     $     $ 11,978     $ 437  
        Home equity
    3,376       3,406             3,399       127  
   Commercial real estate
    1,796       1,867             1,742       65  
   Construction
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
                      387        
        Other
    1,601       1,510             671       16  
   Commercial and industrial
    750       1,103             536       29  
      21,340       22,633             18,713       674  
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
    1,469       1,720       58       3,219       34  
        Home equity
    891       1,214       233       737       7  
   Commercial real estate
    1,444       1,804       88       1,512       17  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,707       1,936       23       1,230       87  
        Other
                      646        
   Commercial and industrial
    150       100       31       449       5  
      5,661       6,774       433       7,793       150  
Total:
                                       
   Residential mortgage
                                       
        One-to-four family
    15,286       16,467       58       15,197       471  
        Home equity
    4,267       4,620       233       4,136       134  
   Commercial real estate
    3,240       3,671       88       3,254       82  
   Construction
                                       
        One-to-four family owner-occupied
    1,707       1,936       23       1,617       87  
        Other
    1,601       1,510             1,317       16  
   Commercial and industrial
    900       1,203       31       985       34  
    $ 27,001     $ 29,407     $ 433     $ 26,506     $ 824  
 
(1)
As of June 30, 2013, impaired loans listed above included $18.1 million of loans previously modified in TDRs and as such are considered impaired under GAAP.  As of June 30, 2013, $11.8 million of these loans have been performing in accordance with their modified terms for an extended period of time and as such were removed from nonaccrual status and considered performing.

Credit Quality Indicators
Management uses an eight point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the loans in the Company’s commercial real estate, construction and commercial and industrial loan segments.  The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually or when credit deficiencies, such as delinquent loan payments, arise. The criticized rating categories utilized by management generally follow bank regulatory definitions. The first six risk rating categories are considered not criticized, and are aggregated as “Pass” rated.  The “Special Mention” category includes assets that are currently protected, but are potentially weak, resulting in increased credit risk and deserving management’s close attention.  If uncorrected, the potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects.  Loans classified “Substandard” have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected.  They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans classified “Doubtful” have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified “Substandard” with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable.  Loans classified as a “Loss” are considered uncollectible and subsequently charged off.
 
F-23

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following table presents the classes of the loans receivable portfolio summarized by the aggregate “Pass” and the criticized categories of “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful” and “Loss” within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Pass
   
Special Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
   
Loss
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Commercial real estate
 
$
27,177
   
$
2,784
   
$
1,613
   
$
   
$
   
$
31,574
 
Construction
                                               
One-to-four family owner-occupied
   
1,760
     
     
     
     
     
1,760
 
Other
   
8,791
     
500
     
64
     
     
     
9,355
 
Commercial and industrial
   
8,781
     
102
     
771
     
     
     
9,654
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
46,509
   
$
3,386
   
$
2,448
   
$
   
$
   
$
52,343
 
 
 
 As of June 30, 2014
 
Pass
   
Special Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
   
Loss
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Commercial real estate
 
$
27,280
   
$
3,062
   
$
1,621
   
$
   
$
   
$
31,963
 
Construction
                                               
One-to-four family owner-occupied
   
850
     
     
1,707
     
     
     
2,557
 
Other
   
6,851
     
445
     
64
     
     
73
     
7,433
 
Commercial and industrial
   
8,769
     
105
     
778
     
     
     
9.652
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
43,750
   
$
3,612
   
$
4,170
   
$
   
$
73
   
$
51,605
 
 
 
 As of June 30, 2013
 
Pass
   
Special Mention
   
Substandard
   
Doubtful
   
Loss
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Commercial real estate
 
$
27,025
   
$
2,491
   
$
2,515
   
$
   
$
72
   
$
32,103
 
Construction
                                               
One-to-four family owner-occupied
   
2,845
     
     
1,693
     
     
14
     
4,552
 
Other
   
1,980
     
988
     
     
601
     
     
3,569
 
Commercial and industrial
   
8,188
     
113
     
923
     
     
22
     
9,246
 
                                                 
Total
 
$
40,038
   
$
3,592
   
$
5,131
   
$
601
   
$
108
   
$
49,470
 

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan receivable portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due.  
 
 
F-24

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
 
The following table represents the classes of the loans receivable portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013:
 
As of  December 31, 2014
 
30-59 Days Past Due
   
60-89 Days Past Due
   
Greater than 90 Days
   
Total
Past Due
   
Current
   
Total Loans
Receivables
   
Nonaccrual
Loans
   
Loans Receivable >
90 Days and
Accruing
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Residential Mortgage
                                               
One-to-four family
 
$
2,271
   
 $
901
   
 $
1,266
   
 $
4,438
   
$
140,305
   
$
144,743
   
$
3,360
   
$
360
 
Home equity
   
98
     
     
223
     
321
     
36,524
     
36,845
     
430
     
 
Commercial real estate
   
     
     
1,239
     
1,239
     
30,335
     
31,574
     
1,239
     
 
Construction
                                                               
One-to-four family owner-
occupied
   
     
     
     
     
1,760
     
1,760
     
     
 
Other
   
     
65
     
     
65
     
9,290
     
9,355
     
65
     
 
Commercial and industrial
   
260
     
     
169
     
429
     
9,225
     
9,654
     
628
     
 
Consumer
   
     
     
     
     
1,152
     
1,152
     
     
 
Total
 
$
2,629
   
$
966
   
$
2,897
   
$
6,492
   
$
228,591
   
$
235,083
   
$
5,722
   
$
360
 
 
 
 As of  June 30, 2014
 
30-59 Days Past Due
   
60-89 Days Past Due
   
Greater than 90 Days
   
Total
Past Due
   
Current
   
Total Loans
Receivables
   
Nonaccrual
Loans
   
Loans Receivable >
90 Days and
Accruing
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Residential Mortgage
                                               
One-to-four family
 
$
2,496
   
 $
1,381
   
 $
2,185
   
 $
6,062
   
$
137,048
   
$
143,110
   
$
4,346
   
$
310
 
Home equity
   
32
     
125
     
1,207
     
1,364
     
37,049
     
38,413
     
1,586
     
51
 
Commercial real estate
   
     
     
1,248
     
1,248
     
30,715
     
31,963
     
1,248
     
 
Construction
                                                               
One-to-four family owner-
occupied
   
     
     
     
     
2,557
     
2,557
     
     
 
Other
   
     
     
     
     
7,433
     
7,433
     
137
     
 
Commercial and industrial
   
9
     
     
170
     
179
     
9,473
     
9,652
     
635
     
 
Consumer
   
4
     
     
     
4
     
829
     
833
     
     
 
Total
 
$
2,541
   
$
1,506
   
$
4,810
   
$
8,857
   
$
225,104
   
$
233,961
   
$
7,952
   
$
361
 

 
F-25

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

As of  June  30, 2013
 
30-59 Days Past Due
   
60-89 Days Past Due
   
Greater than 90 Days
   
Total
Past Due
   
Current
   
Total Loans
Receivables
   
Nonaccrual
Loans
   
Loans Receivable >
90 Days and
Accruing
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Residential Mortgage
                                               
One-to-four family
 
$
3,910
   
 $
1,525
   
 $
5,822
   
 $
11,257
   
$
125,189
   
$
136,446
   
$
7,955
   
$
501
 
Home equity
   
412
     
127
     
1,317
     
1,856
     
38,825
     
40,681
     
1,502
     
146
 
Commercial real estate
   
782
     
     
1,805
     
2,587
     
29,516
     
32,103
     
2,587
     
 
Construction
                                                               
One-to-four family owner-
occupied
   
     
     
     
     
4,552
     
4,552
     
     
 
Other
   
1,000
     
     
601
     
1,601
     
1,968
     
3,569
     
601
     
 
Commercial and industrial
   
472
     
49
     
280
     
801
     
8,445
     
9,246
     
     
 
Consumer
   
5
     
     
     
5
     
924
     
929
     
802
     
 
Total
 
$
6,581
   
$
1,701
   
$
9,825
   
$
18,107
   
$
209,419
   
$
227,526
   
$
13,447
   
$
647
 
 
 
F-26

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table summarizes the allowance for loan losses and the loan receivable balances, by the portfolio segment segregated into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013.
 
   
At December 31, 2014
(in thousands)
 
Residential
Mortgage
   
Commercial Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
 
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
                                     
Ending Balance
 
$
2,109
   
$
885
   
$
317
   
$
290
   
$
6
   
$
27
 
$
3,634
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
   
$
7
   
$
   
$
   
$
   
$
 
$
7
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,109
   
$
878
   
$
317
   
$
290
   
$
6
   
$
27
   
3,627
                                                     
Loans receivable:
                                                   
Ending balance
 
$
181,588
   
$
31,574
   
$
11,115
   
$
9,654
   
$
1,152
   
$
 
$
235,083
Ending balance: individually evaluated  for impairment
 
$
15,213
   
$
1,872
   
$
564
   
$
727
   
$
   
$
 
$
18,376
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
166,375
   
$
29,702
   
$
10,551
   
$
8,927
   
$
1,152
   
$
 
$
216,707




    
As of June 30, 2014
 
(in thousands)
 
Residential
Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial
and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
       
Allowance for loan losses:
                                   
Ending Balance
  $ 2,183     $ 860     $ 379     $ 256     $ 8     $ 3,686  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
  $     $     $ 73     $     $     $ 73  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
  $ 2,183     $ 860     $ 306     $ 256     $ 8     $ 3,613  
                                                 
Loans receivables:
                                               
Ending balance
  $ 181,524     $ 31,963     $ 9,990     $ 9,652     $ 832     $ 233,961  
Ending balance: individually evaluated  for impairment
  $ 17,715     $ 1,973     $ 2,594     $ 648     $     $ 22,930  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
  $ 163,809     $ 29,990     $ 7,396     $ 9,004     $ 832     $ 211,031  



 
F-27

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)



   
At June 30, 2013
(in thousands)
 
Residential
Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
 
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
                                     
Ending Balance
 
$
3,036
   
$
706
   
$
238
   
$
276
   
$
11
   
$
3
 
$
4,270
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
291
   
$
88
   
$
23
   
$
31
   
$
   
$
 
$
433
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,745
   
$
618
   
$
215
   
$
245
   
$
11
   
$
3
 
$
3,837
                                                     
Loans receivable:
                                                   
Ending balance
 
$
177,127
   
$
32,103
   
$
8,121
   
$
9,246
   
$
929
   
$
 
$
227,526
Ending balance: individually evaluated  for impairment
 
$
19,553
   
$
3,240
   
$
3,308
   
$
900
   
$
-
   
$
 
$
27,001
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
157,574
   
$
28,863
   
$
4,813
   
$
8,346
   
$
929
   
$
 
$
200,525




 
F-28

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:
 
   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2014
 (in thousands)
 
Residential
 Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
       
Allowance for loan losses:
                                           
Balance, beginning
 
$
2,183
   
$
860
   
$
379
   
$
256
   
$
8
   
$
   
$
3,686
 
   Provisions
   
231
     
25
     
(218
   
35
     
     
27
     
100
 
   Loans charged-off
   
(342)
     
     
(73
   
(1
   
(2
   
     
(418
   Recoveries
   
37
     
     
229
     
     
     
     
266
 
Balance, ending
 
$
2,109
   
$
885
   
$
317
   
$
290
   
$
6
   
$
27
   
$
3,634
 
 
 
   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)
 (in thousands)
 
Residential
 Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
       
Allowance for loan losses:
                                           
Balance, beginning
 
$
3,036
   
$
706
   
$
238
   
$
276
   
$
11
   
$
3
   
$
4,270
 
   Provisions
   
(183
)
   
253
     
166
     
63
     
1
     
     
300
 
   Loans charged-off
   
(498
)
   
(340
)
   
(118
)
   
(54
)
   
     
     
(1,010
)
   Recoveries
   
11
     
     
     
8
     
     
     
19
 
Balance, ending
 
$
2,366
   
$
619
   
$
286
   
$
293
   
$
12
   
$
3
   
$
3,579
 


 
F-29

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

   
Year Ended June 30, 2014
 (in thousands)
 
Residential
 Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
       
Allowance for loan losses:
                                           
Balance, beginning
 
$
3,036
   
$
706
   
$
238
   
$
276
   
$
11
   
$
3
   
$
4,270
 
   Provisions
   
(351
)
   
494
     
246
     
208
     
6
     
(3
)
   
600
 
   Loans charged-off
   
(537
)
   
(340
)
   
(119
)
   
(236
)
   
(9
)
   
     
(1,241
)
   Recoveries
   
35
     
     
14
     
8
     
     
     
57
 
Balance, ending
 
$
2,183
   
$
860
   
$
379
   
$
256
   
$
8
   
$
   
$
3,686
 
 
 
 
   
Year Ended June 30, 2013
 (in thousands)
 
Residential
 Mortgage
   
Commercial
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Commercial and
Industrial
   
Consumer
   
Unallocated
   
Total
       
Allowance for loan losses:
                                           
Balance, beginning
 
$
1,808
   
$
445
   
$
527
   
$
272
   
$
13
   
$
   
$
3,065
 
   Provisions
   
3,039
     
609
     
44
     
346
     
3
     
3
     
4,044
 
   Loans charged-off
   
(1,867
)
   
(348
)
   
(333
)
   
(342
)
   
(5
)
   
     
(2,895
)
   Recoveries
   
42
     
     
14
     
     
     
     
56
 
Balance, ending
 
$
3,022
   
$
706
   
$
252
   
$
276
   
$
11
   
$
3
   
$
4,270
 


 
F-30

 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
The recorded investment balance of troubled debt restructurings, (“TDRs”) totaled $16.1 million at December 31, 2014 compared with $16.7 million and $18.1 million at June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively.  The majority of the Company’s TDRs are on accrual status and totaled $11.5 million at December 31, 2014 versus $13.4 million and $11.8 million at June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.  The total of TDRs on non-accrual status was $4.6 million for December 31, 2014 and $3.2 million and $6.2 million at the respective June periods.  The allowance for loan losses included specific reserves of $7,000, $73,000 and $152,000 for the December and June 2014 and 2013 periods respectively, related to TDRs.

During the Transition Period, the Company had three loans modified as TDR’s.  One of the loans was a fixed rate mortgage loan that had its interest reduced from 5.5% to 5.0%.   The second loan was a fixed rate home equity loan which was restructured to a 7 year term, based on the original amortization period, and the rate was reduced to 4.75%, from 6.25%.  The third loan was an adjustable rate home equity line of credit whose rate and term did not change, but the outstanding real estate taxes were capitalized to the existing loan balance. 

The Company had two loans modified as TDRs during the year ended June 30, 2014.  One of the loans was a residential adjustable rate mortgage whereby the borrower was able to pay past due interest and escrow.  The past due principal was re-amortized over the remaining term. There was no change in the interest rate or maturity date.  The other loan was a fixed rate mortgage whereby the past due taxes were capitalized and the Company granted interest-only payments until March 2015.  In addition, tax escrows will be required on an on-going basis.  There was no change in the interest rate or maturity date.

The Company had eighteen loans modified in TDRs during the year ended June 30, 2013. Three of these loans were restructured as interest only for a one-year period. Four of the loans were commercial lines of credit that were extended for another twelve months of which two were given higher interest rates and two remained at the same rate. One loan had the maturity extended from a 20-year term to a 30-year term with a reduced rate.  Five loans had interest rates reduced for a five-year period. One loan had a rate reduction for a one-year period.  One commercial construction loan was restructured bringing in a new owner and scheduling annual principal step-downs over a three-year period which will result in a full payout. Three loans were restructured by capitalizing past due amounts of interest and escrow and granting lower rates.

 
F-31

 

Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following tables summarize by class loans modified into TDRs during the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2014
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
         
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
               
One-to-four family
   
3
   
$
779
   
$
811
                       
   Total
   
3
   
$
779
   
$
811


   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
         
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
               
One-to-four family
   
1
   
$
818
   
$
816
                       
   Total
   
1
   
$
818
   
$
816


   
Year Ended June 30, 2014
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
         
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
               
One-to-four family
   
2
   
$
1,054
   
$
1,071
                       
   Total
   
2
   
$
1,054
   
$
1,071


   
Year Ended June 30, 2013
   
Number of
Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investments
         
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
               
One-to-four family
   
10
   
$
3,625
   
$
3,582
Commercial real estate
   
3
     
1,119
     
1,063
Construction
                     
Other
   
1
     
1,150
     
987
Commercial and industrial
   
4
     
214
     
214
                       
   Total
   
18
   
$
6,108
   
$
5,846


 
F-32

 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

The following tables summarize loans modified in TDRs during the previous six months and for which there was a subsequent payment default for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and during the previous 12 months and for which there was a subsequent payment default during the years ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013.  A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2014
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
   
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
           
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
                     
 Commercial real estate
   
   
   
Commercial and industrial
   
     
     
                       
    Total
   
   
$
   
$

   
Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
   
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
           
(Dollars in thousands)
             
Commercial real estate
   
1
   
$
409
   
$
409
                       
    Total
   
1
   
$
409
   
$
409

   
Year Ended June 30, 2014
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
   
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
           
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
                     
 Commercial real estate
   
1
   
409
   
409
Commercial and industrial
   
2
     
23
     
68
                       
    Total
   
3
   
$
432
   
$
477

   
Year Ended June 30, 2013
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
   
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investments
           
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential Mortgage
                     
         One-to-four family
   
1
   
$
156
   
$
127
                       
    Total
   
1
   
$
156
   
$
127
 
 
 
F-33

 
Note 6 - Premises and Equipment

The components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Land
  $ 1,937     $ 1,937     $ 1,937  
Buildings and improvements
    8,477       8,477       8,469  
Leasehold improvements
    1,769       1,767       1,787  
Furnishings and equipment
    1,868       1,835       1,887  
Assets being developed for future use
    7       15       3  
                         
      14,058       14,031       14,083  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (5,760 )     (5,545 )     (5,201 )
                         
    $ 8,298     $ 8,486     $ 8,882  

Note 7 - Accrued Interest Receivable
 
The components of interest receivable at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:
 

 
At
December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
 
2014
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
 
                   
Loans
  $ 874     $ 886     $ 847  
Securities held to maturity
    377       432       382  
                         
    $ 1,251     $ 1,318     $ 1,229  

 
 
F-34

 

Note 8 - Deposits
 
Deposits at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 and 2013 consist of the following classifications:

   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Amount
   
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
Non-interest bearing demand
  $ 24,821       %   $ 22,206       %   $ 18,559       %
NOW
    35,770       0.12       31,899       0.15       31,973       0.14  
Super NOW
    5,645       0.20       4,791       0.20       3,991       0.20  
Savings and club
    101,210       0.22       102,241       0.21       112,385       0.21  
Money market demand
    4,684       0.23       3,724       0.23       3,611       0.23  
Certificates of deposit
    93,938       1.30       98,528       1.32       109,948       1.40  
                                                 
    $ 266,068       0.57 %   $ 263,389       0.60 %   $ 280,467       0.65 %

A summary of certificates of deposit by maturity at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

   
At
December 31,
2014
   
At
June 30,
2014
 
             
Within one year
  $ 56,692     $ 62,142  
One to two years
    19,505       19,058  
Two to three years
    10,647       9,154  
Three to four years
    3,595       3,515  
Four to five years
    1,418       2,527  
Thereafter
    2,081       2,132  
                 
    $ 93,938     $ 98,528  

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $41.5 million, $41.8 million and $44.7 million at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Generally, deposits in excess of $250,000 are not insured by the FDIC.
 
A summary of interest expense on deposits for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                 
NOW, super NOW and money market demand
 
$
33
   
$
25
   
$
50
   
$
51
 
Savings and club
   
109
     
120
     
233
     
251
 
Certificates of deposit
   
642
     
723
     
1,372
     
1,705
 
                                 
   
$
784
   
$
868
   
$
1,655
   
$
2,007
 

 
 
F-35

 

Note 9 - Borrowings
 
The Company participates in the FHLB of New York (the “FHLB of NY”) Overnight Advance Program. Advances under this program allow the Company to borrow up to the balance of its qualifying mortgage loans that have been pledged as collateral, less any related outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $69.0 million, $69.5 million and $80.8 million, respectively, available for borrowing under this agreement.
 
Term advances due to the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:
 
   
Fixed
Interest
   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
Maturity
 
Rate
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(In thousands)
 
                         
February 25, 2016
    0.780 %   $ 5,000     $ 5,000     $ 5,000  
March 07, 2016
    0.780       5,000       5,000       5,000  
November 27, 2017
    3.272       10,000       10,000       10,000  
March 05, 2018
    3.460       10,000       10,000       10,000  
      2.504 %   $ 30,000     $ 30,000     $ 30,000  

The advances are secured by a blanket assignment of unpledged and qualifying mortgage loans.
 
The Company did not have any overnight advances with the FHLB of NY as of December 31, 2014 compared to an $8.0 million overnight advance with the FHLB of NY as of June 30, 2014.  The Company did not have any overnight advances with the FHLB of NY as of June 30, 2013.

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the Company also had a $20.0 million line of credit with a financial institution for reverse repurchase agreements that it could access if necessary.  There were no amounts outstanding on the line at December 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and 2013
 
Note 10 - Lease Commitments and Total Rental Expense
 
The Company leases three branch locations under long-term operating leases. Future minimum lease payments by year and in the aggregate, under non-cancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

   
At
December 31,
2014
   
At
June 30,
2014
 
             
Within one year
  $ 415     $ 415  
One to two years
    421       415  
Two to three years
    388       431  
Three to four years
    324       333  
Four to five years
    172       263  
Thereafter
    237       307  
    $ 1,957     $ 2,164  
 
The total rental expense for all leases was approximately $208,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and $407,000 for each of the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
 
F-36

 
 
Note 11 - Income Taxes
 
The total tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:
 
   
Six-Months Ended
December 31,
   
Year Ended June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
   
(In thousands)
 
Current income tax expense (benefit):
                       
Federal
  $ (91 )   $ (445 )   $ 7     $ (394 )
State
    (30 )     54       93       (99 )
      (121 )     (391 )     100       (493 )
Deferred income tax expense (benefit):
                               
Federal
    120       638       408       (384 )
State
    58       14       40       (110 )
      178       652       448       (494 )
    $ 57     $ 261     $ 548     $ (987 )
 
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax at a rate of 34% to the income tax expense (benefit) included in the statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, is as follows:
 
   
Six-months ended December 31,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Amount
 
% of
Pretax
Income
   
Amount
 
% of
Pretax
Income
 
             
(Unaudited)
 
                         
Federal income tax at statutory rate
 
$
93
 
34.0
%
 
$
258
 
34.0
%
State tax, net of federal benefit
   
19
 
6.9
     
45
 
5.9
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
   
(38
(13.7
   
(37
(4.9
ESOP and stock-based compensation
   
(19
(6.9
   
(6
(0.8
Other
   
2
 
0.5
     
1
 
0.1
 
   
$
57
 
20.8
%
 
$
261
 
34.3
%
 

 
   
Year ended June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
Amount
 
% of
Pretax
Income
   
Amount
 
% of
Pretax
Income
 
                         
Federal income tax at statutory rate
 
$
522
 
34.0
%
 
$
(807
)
34.0
%
State tax, net of federal benefit
   
88
 
5.8
     
(138
)
5.8
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance
   
(74
)
(4.8
)
   
(69
)
2.9
 
ESOP and stock-based compensation
   
(19
)
(1.3
)
   
57
 
(2.4
)
Other
   
31
 
2.0
     
(30
)
1.3
 
   
$
548
 
35.7
%
 
$
(987
)
41.6
%

 
 
F-37

 

Note 11 - Income Taxes (Continued)
 
The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

   
At
December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
   
2014
 
2014
 
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:
                   
Allowances for losses on loans and commitments
$
1,463
 
$
1,484
 
$
 
1,717
 
Uncollected interest
 
106
   
142
     
425
 
Benefit plans
 
967
   
983
     
941
 
Benefit plans AOCI
 
50
   
24
     
21
 
Restricted stock award
 
33
   
72
     
72
 
Other
 
66
   
63
     
56
 
   
2,685
   
2,768
     
3,232
 
Deferred tax liabilities
                   
              Depreciation
 
(217
 
(148
)
   
(166
)
Net deferred tax asset included in other assets
$
2,468
 
$
2,620
   
$
3,066
 

 
Retained earnings included $1.5 million at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 and 2013, for which no provision for income tax has been made. These amounts represent deductions for bad debt reserves for tax purposes which were only allowed to savings institutions which met certain definitional tests prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the “Act”) eliminated the special bad debt deduction granted solely to thrifts. Under the terms of the Act, there would be no recapture of the pre-1988 (base year) reserves. However, these pre-1988 reserves would be subject to recapture under the rules of the Internal Revenue Code if the Bank itself pays a cash dividend in excess of earnings and profits, or liquidates. The Act also provides for the recapture of deductions arising from the “applicable excess reserve” defined as the total amount of reserve over the base year reserve. The Bank’s total reserve exceeds the base year reserve and deferred taxes have been provided for this excess.
 
 
 
F-38

 
 
 
Note 12 - Benefit Plans
 
Directors’ Retirement Plan
 
The Bank has a Directors’ Retirement Plan, which provides that certain directors meeting specified age and service requirements may retire and continue to be paid. This plan is unfunded.
 
The following table sets forth the accumulated benefit obligation, the changes in the plan’s projected benefit obligation and the plan’s funded status as of and for each period presented.
 

 
As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
As of and for the
Years Ended
June 30,
 
 
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                       
Accumulated benefit obligation – ending
$
1,416
   
$
1,356
   
$
1,231
 
                       
Projected benefit obligation – beginning
$
1,454
   
$
1,380
   
$
1,340
 
Service cost
 
11
     
22
     
17
 
Interest cost
 
32
     
67
     
56
 
Actuarial loss
 
71
     
19
     
(10
)
Benefit payments
 
(17
   
(34
)
   
(23
)
Plan Amendments
 
(115
   
     
 
                       
Projected benefit obligation – ending
$
1,436
   
$
1,454
   
$
1,380
 
                       
Plan assets at fair value – beginning
$
   
$
   
$
 
Employer contribution
 
17
     
34
     
23
 
Benefit payments
 
(17
   
(34
)
   
(23
)
                       
Plan assets at fair value – ending
$
   
$
   
$
 
                       
Funded status at end of year (included in other liabilities)
$
1,436
   
$
1,454
   
$
1,380
 
                       
Assumptions:
                     
    Discount rate
 
4.00
%
   
4.50
%
   
5.00
%
    Rate of compensation increase
 
3.00
%
   
3.00
%
   
3.00
%

 
 

 
F-39

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
Directors’ Retirement Plan (Continued)
 
Net periodic pension cost included the following:
 

   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Years Ended
June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Service cost
  $ 11     $ 11     $ 22     $ 17  
Interest cost
    32       33       67       56  
Amortization of unrecognized loss
    11       8       17       33  
Amortization of unrecognized past service liability
          2       4       11  
                                 
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 54     $ 54     $ 110     $ 117  
                                 
Assumptions:
                               
Discount rate
    4.50 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     4.25 %
Rate of compensation
    3.00 %     3.00 %     3.00 %     3.00 %

For the year ending December 31, 2015, the Bank expects to contribute $69,000 to the plan.
 
Estimated future benefit payments for the years ending December 31, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):
 

2015
$
  69
2016
 
  98
2017
 
104
2018
 
114
2019
 
131
2020 – 2024
 
714

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, unrecognized past service liabilities and actuarial losses aggregating approximately $186,000, $240,000 and $244,000, respectively, were included, net of income taxes of $74,000, $96,000 and $98,000, respectively, in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Approximately $15,000 of this amount is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost during the year ending December 31, 2015.
 

 

 
F-40

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
Executive Incentive Retirement Plan
 
The Bank has an unfunded, non-qualified executive incentive retirement plan covering all eligible executives. The plan provides for either a lump sum payment or equal annual installments for a period of fifteen years commencing on the first day of the calendar month following the termination of employment due to retirement, resignation, disability or death. The amount payable is based on the vested balance of the executive’s accumulated awards plus interest. The annual awards are based upon the executive’s base salary in effect at the beginning of the plan year and the Bank’s net income for the prior fiscal year. The percentage vested is based on the sum of the executive’s age and years of service.
 
The following table sets forth the accumulated benefit obligation, changes in the plan’s projected benefit obligation and the plan’s funded status as of and for each period presented:
 
   
As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
As of and for the
Years Ended
June 30.
 
 
 
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Accumulated benefit obligation – ending
 
$
592
   
$
459
   
$
442
 
                         
Projected benefit obligation – beginning
 
$
459
   
$
442
   
$
472
 
Service cost
   
18
     
39
     
47
 
Interest cost
   
10
     
22
     
20
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
   
105
     
(22
)
   
(76
)
Benefits paid
   
     
(22
)
   
(21
)
                         
Projected benefit obligation and funded status – ending
(included in other liabilities)
 
$
592
   
$
459
   
$
442
 
                         
Assumption:
                       
Discount rate
   
4.00
%
   
4.50
%
   
5.00
%

 
Net periodic pension cost included the following:
 
   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
   
Years Ended
June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
         
(Unaudited)
             
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Service cost
  $ 18     $ 20     $ 39     $ 47  
Interest cost
    10       11       22       20  
Amortization of unrecognized loss
    (15 )     (14 )     (28 )     (16 )
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 13     $ 17     $ 33     $ 51  
                                 
Assumptions:
                               
Discount rate
    4.50 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     4.25 %


 
F-41

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
Executive Incentive Retirement Plan (Continued)
 
For the year ending December 31, 2015, the Bank expects to contribute $34,000 to the plan.  Estimated future benefit payments for the years ending December 31, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):
 
2015
 
$
34
2016
   
34
2017
   
35
2018
   
36
2019
   
37
2020 – 2024
   
228
 
As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, actuarial gains of approximately $62,000, $182,000 and $188,000, respectively, were included, net of income taxes of $24,000, $73,000 and $75,000, respectively, in accumulated other comprehensive loss.  Approximately $1,000 of this amount is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost during the year ending December 31, 2015.
 
401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
 
The Bank sponsors a savings and profit sharing plan, pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), for all eligible employees. The plan has a profit sharing component paid annually by the Bank of 3% of each eligible employee’s compensation. Employees may also elect to defer up to 80% of their compensation, subject to IRC limitations. The Bank will match 50% of the first 6% of the employee’s salary deferral up to a maximum of 3% of each employee’s compensation. The Plan expense amounted to approximately $32,000 and $25,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and $53,000 and $48,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Bank terminated the annual 3% profit sharing component of the plan, effective December 31, 2012, but still matches 50% of the first 6% of the employee’s salary deferral up to a maximum of 3% of each employee’s compensation.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
Effective upon completion of the Company’s initial public stock offering, the Bank established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) for all eligible employees who complete a twelve-month period of employment with the Bank, have attained the age of 21 and have completed at least 1,000 hours of service in a plan year. The ESOP used $2.0 million in proceeds from a term loan obtained from the Company to purchase 202,342 shares of Company common stock. The term loan principal is payable over 48 equal quarterly installments through December 31, 2018. The interest rate on the term loan is 8.25%. Each quarter, the Bank intends to make discretionary contributions to the ESOP, which will be equal to principal and interest payments required on the term loan. The ESOP may further pay down the loan with dividends paid, if any, on the Company common stock owned by the ESOP.  Shares purchased with the loan proceeds provide collateral for the term loan and are held in a suspense account for future allocations among participants. Base compensation is the basis for allocation to participants of contributions to the ESOP and shares released from the suspense account, as described by the ESOP, in the year of allocation.
 

 
F-42

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
ESOP shares pledged as collateral were initially recorded as unallocated ESOP shares in the consolidated statement of financial condition. On a monthly basis, 1,405 shares are allocated and compensation expense is recorded equal to the number of allocated shares multiplied by the monthly average market price of the Company’s common stock and the allocated shares become outstanding for basic earnings per common share computations. The difference between the fair value of shares and the cost of the shares allocated by the ESOP is recorded as an adjustment to paid-in capital.  ESOP compensation expense was approximately $76,000 and $63,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and $131,000 and $111,000 for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
ESOP shares at December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:
 
   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
                   
Allocated shares – beginning
    126,464       109,602       92,741  
Shares allocated during the year
    8,431       16,862       16,861  
Allocated shares – ending
    134,895       126,464       109,602  
                         
Total ESOP Shares
    202,342       202,342       202,342  
                         
Fair value of unallocated shares
  $ 682,076     $ 614,612     $ 669,576  
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company maintains the MSB Financial Corp. 2008 Stock Compensation and Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”). Under this plan, the Company may grant options to purchase up to 275,410 shares of Company’s common stock. At December 31, 2014 and at June 30, 2014 and 2013, there were no shares remaining for future option grants under the plan.
 
On May 9, 2008, options to purchase 275,410 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.75 per share were awarded and will expire no later than ten years following the grant date. The options granted vest over a five-year service period, with 20% of the awards vesting on each anniversary date of grant. The fair value of the options granted, as computed using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, was determined to be $2.99 per option on the date of grant based upon the following underlying assumptions: a risk-free interest rate, expected option life, expected stock price volatility, and dividend yield of 3.33%, 6.5 years, 24.23%, and 1.11%, respectively.
 
Management recognized compensation expense for the fair value of the options, which have graded vesting, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. As of May 9, 2013 all shares in the plan became vested and the Company did not record any stock option expense during the six months ended December 31, 2014 or 2013 (unaudited) or the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 compared to $137,000 in stock option expense along with a $19,000 income tax benefit recorded during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.
 

 
F-43

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
A summary of stock options at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:
 
           
Weighted
     
       
Weighted
 
Average
     
       
Average
 
Remaining
 
Aggregate
 
       
Exercise
 
Contractual
 
Intrinsic
 
   
Options
 
Price
 
Term
 
Value
 
                       
                       
Outstanding at June 30, 2013
 
275,410
   
10.75
 
4.8 years
 
$
 
Ou
g at Outstanding at June 30, 2014
 
275,410
   
10.75
 
3.8 years
 
$
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
 
275,410
   
10.75
 
3.3 years
 
$
 
                       
Exercisable at December 31, 2014
 
275,410
   
10.75
 
3.3 years
 
$
 
 
Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are planned to be issued from treasury stock.  The 275,410 options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 are fully vested.  There is no unrecognized compensation expense related to these options as of December 31, 2014.
 
On November 9, 2009, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2008 Plan to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan from 275,410 to 385,574, with such additional shares to be available for awards in the form of restricted stock awards.  On November 24, 2009, the Company purchased 110,164 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $932,000, which amount, was charged to paid-in capital.  On December 14, 2009, the Board of Directors granted 110,164 shares of restricted stock to certain employees and directors.  The restricted stock awards are to be vested over a five year period and expensed accordingly based on the fair value at the date of grant.  For each of the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized approximately $82,000, $90,000 (unaudited), $180,000 and $180,000, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards along with an income tax benefit of $32,000, $36,000 (unaudited), $72,000 and $72,000, respectively.   At December 31, 2014, 884 shares were available for grants under the 2008 Plan.


 
F-44

 

Note 12 - Benefit Plans (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the activity related to the Company’s restricted stock awards for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended June 30, 2014:

       
Weighted
 
       
Average
 
   
Restricted
 
Grant Date
 
   
Stock
 
Fair Value
 
Unvested at June 30, 2013
 
44,076
 
$
8.15
 
    Vested
 
(21,584
)
 
8.15
 
Unvested at June 30, 2014
 
22,492
   
8.15
 
    Vested
 
(21,608)
   
8.15
 
    Forfeited
 
(884)
   
8.15
 
Unvested at December 31, 2014
 
-
   
8.15
 

 
Note 13 - Transactions with Officers and Directors
 
 
The Bank has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with its officers, directors, their immediate families, and affiliated companies (commonly referred to as related parties), on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others with the exception that all employees with one year of service, directors and executive officers are offered a 50 basis point reduction for consumer loans or primary residence mortgage loans.  These persons were indebted to the Bank for loans totaling $8.1 million, $7.7 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the year ended June 30, 2014, $755,000 of new loans and $571,000 of repayments were made. In addition, one director that was placed on emeritus status and non-voting status, resulted in a $2.4 million reduction in loan indebtedness to the Bank related to him and his immediate family.  During the six months ended December 31, 2014, $636,000 of new loans and $240,000 of repayments were made.
 
Note 14 - Regulatory Capital
 
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal and State banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of tangible, core and risk-based capital as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 

 
F-45

 

Note 14 - Regulatory Capital (Continued)
 
As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum core, Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP capital and regulatory capital and information as to the Bank’s capital levels at the dates presented:
 
               
To be well capitalized
 
               
under prompt
 
         
For capital adequacy
   
corrective action
 
   
Actual
   
purposes
   
provisions
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2014:
                                   
Tangible
  $ 36,209       10.64 %   $ 5,105       > 1.50 %   $ N/A       N/A  
Core (leverage)
    36,209       10.64       13,613       > 4.00       17,016       >  5.00 %
Tier 1 risk-based
    36,209       17.68       8,193       > 4.00       12,290       >  6.00  
Total risk-based
    38,783       18.93       16,387       > 8.00       20,483       >10.00  
                                                 
June 30, 2014:
                                               
Tangible
  $ 35,862       10.39 %   $ 5,179       > 1.50 %   $ N/A       N/A  
Core (leverage)
    35,862       10.39       13,812       > 4.00       17,264       >  5.00 %
Tier 1 risk-based
    35,862       17.45       8,221       > 4.00       12,331       >  6.00  
Total risk-based
    38,444       18.71       16,442       > 8.00       20,552       >10.00  
                                                 
June 30, 2013:
                                               
Tangible
  $ 34,651       9.93 %   $ 5,234       > 1.50 %   $ N/A       N/A  
Core (leverage)
    34,651       9.93       13,958       > 4.00       17,447       >  5.00 %
Tier 1 risk-based
    34,651       16.87       8,216       > 4.00       12,324       >  6.00  
Total risk-based
    37,243       18.13       16,432       > 8.00       20,539       >10.00  



 
F-46

 

Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statements of financial condition.
 
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
 
At December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
 
   
At
December 31,
   
At June 30,
 
   
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                         
Commitments to grant loans
 
$
2,857
   
$
2,122
   
$
7,671
 
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit
   
20,034
     
20,093
     
23,659
 
Standby letters of credit
   
347
     
247
     
327
 
                         
   
$
23,238
   
$
22,462
   
$
31,657
 

At December 31, 2014, the commitments to grant loans included $736,000 of fixed rate mortgage loan with interest rates ranging from 3.625% to 5.00%; commercial real estate loans of $1.1 million with terms that include a 10 year balloon payment with an interest rate of 4.875% and based on a 25 year amortization; and a 15 year fixed rate with an interest rate of 4.75% and $1.0 million variable rate construction loan based on the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate + 1.00%, with a floor rate of 5.00%.  Of the unfunded commitments under lines of credit at December 31, 2014, $16.7 million was available under the Bank’s home equity lending program, $465,000 was available under the overdraft protection lending program and $2.9 million was available under commercial lines of credit.  Amounts outstanding under these unfunded lines have interest rates ranging from 1.00% below prime rate to 4.00% over the prime rate.

At June 30, 2014, the commitments to grant loans included a $172,000 fixed rate mortgage loan with an interest rate of 4.00%; an adjustable rate mortgage loan of $200,000 with an initial rate of 4.00% adjusting to 6.25% after 10 years and a commercial real estate loan of $1.8 million with 10 year balloon payment based on a 20 year amortization and an initial rate of 4.00% fixed for the first five years and a variable rate based on the Wall Street Journal Prime + 1.00% for the second five years.  Of the unfunded commitments under lines of credit at June 30, 2014, $16.8 million was available under the Bank’s home equity lending program, $547,100 was available under the overdraft protection lending program and $2.7million was available under commercial lines of credit.  Amounts outstanding under these unfunded lines have interest rates ranging from 1.00% below prime rate to 4.00% over the prime rate.


 
F-47

 


Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

At June 30, 2013, commitments to grant loans included $871,000 of fixed rate mortgage loans with interest rates ranging from 3.125% to 4.50%; adjustable rate mortgage loans of $27 million with an initial rate of 3.25% adjusting to 6.00% after 10 years and a $4.1 million variable rate construction loan based on the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate + 1.00%, with a floor rate of 5.00%.  Of the unfunded commitments under lines of credit at June 30, 2013, $19.4 million was available under the Bank’s home equity lending program, $541,900 was available under the overdraft protection lending program and $3.7 million was available under commercial lines of credit.  Amounts outstanding under these unfunded lines have interest rates ranging from 1.00% below prime rate to 4.00% over the prime rate.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but primarily includes residential and income-producing commercial real estate properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan commitments. The Bank requires collateral supporting these letters of credit when deemed necessary. Management believes that the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of such collateral would be sufficient to cover the maximum potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees. The fair values of these obligations were immaterial as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 
Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements
 
The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures.
 
FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Market Value Disclosures (“ASC 820”), defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.

 
F-48

 


Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 
·  
Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
 
·  
Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.
 
·  
Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
 
 
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.  An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

 
F-49

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
The Bank did not have any financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
 
Certain financial and non-financial assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).
 
The following tables summarize those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013:

       
December 31, 2014
   
       
Level 1
Inputs
 
Level 2
Inputs
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total Fair
Value
   
       
(In thousands)
 
                               
Impaired loans
     
$
 
$
 
$
1,308
 
$
1,308
 

       
June 30, 2014
   
       
Level 1
Inputs
 
Level 2
Inputs
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total Fair
Value
   
       
(In thousands)
 
                               
Impaired loans
     
$
 
$
 
$
2,789
 
$
2,789
 

       
June 30, 2013
   
       
Level 1
Inputs
 
Level 2
Inputs
 
Level 3
Inputs
 
Total Fair
Value
   
       
(In thousands)
 
                               
Impaired loans
     
$
 
$
 
$
15,066
 
$
15,066
 


 
F-50

 

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
 
For Level 3 input assets measured at fair value on non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, the significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurements were as follows:

       
December 31, 2014
   
   
Fair Value Estimate
 
Valuation Techniques
Unobservable
Input
Range (Weighted Average)
   
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans
  $ 1,308  
Appraisal of
    Appraisal
 
         
Collateral
    adjustments
0% to - 6.87% (0.09%)
           
    Liquidation
 
           
    expense
4.56% to -52.9% (8.4%)
 
       
June 30, 2014
   
   
Fair Value Estimate
 
Valuation Techniques
Unobservable
Input
Range (Weighted Average)
   
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans
  $ 2,789  
Appraisal of
    Appraisal
 
         
Collateral
    adjustments
0% to - 19.4% (1.1%)
           
    Liquidation
 
           
    expense
4.2% to -57.9% (7.7%)
 
       
June 30, 2013
   
   
Fair Value Estimate
 
Valuation Techniques
Unobservable
Input
Range (Weighted Average)
   
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans
  $ 15,066  
Appraisal of
    Appraisal
 
         
collateral
    adjustments
0% to - 37.9% (3.5%)
           
    Liquidation
 
           
    expense
0.11% to -27.4% (7.9%)
 
An impaired loan is measured for impairment at the time the loan is identified as impaired.  Loans are considered impaired when based on current information and events it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  The Company’s impaired loans are generally collateral dependent and, as such, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated selling costs.  Fair values are estimated through current appraisals and adjusted as necessary to reflect current market conditions and as such are classified as Level 3.

Other real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs.  The fair value of other real estate is determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties.  These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.  As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, there was no further impairment of the other real estate owned below the cost basis established at the time the other real owned was originally recognized.  Accordingly, the table above does not include other real estate owned.
 

 
F-51

 

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
 
Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The fair value of a financial instrument is defined above. Significant estimates were used for the purposes of disclosing fair values. Estimated fair values have been determined using the best available data and estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. However, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective reporting dates, and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these consolidated financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported.
 
The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.
 
The following presents the carrying amount, fair value and placement in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, of the Company’s financial instruments which are carried on the consolidated statement of financial condition at cost and are not measured or recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value, which includes cash and cash equivalents, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, accrued interest receivable, interest and non-interest bearing demand, savings and club deposits, and accrued interest payable.
 
    Carrying
Amount
   
Fair
Value
   
Level 1
Inputs
   
Level 2
Inputs
    Level 3
Inputs
 
    (In thousands)  
As of December 31, 2014                              
Financial assets:
                             
Securities held to maturity
  $ 78,518     $ 77,975     $     $ 77,975     $  
Loans receivable (1)
    231,449       233,629                   233,629  
                                         
Financial liabilities:
                                       
Certificate of deposits
    93,938       95,146             95,146        
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
    30,000       31,111             31,111        
                                         
As of June 30, 2014
                                       
Financial assets:
                                       
Securities held to maturity
    84,932       83,636             83,636        
Loans receivable (1)
    230,275       230,300                   230,300  
                                         
Financial liabilities:
                                       
Certificate of deposits
    98,528       100,120             100,120        
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
    38,000       39,281             39,281        
                                         

 
F-52

 

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
 
As of June 30, 2013
                     
Financial assets:
                     
Securities held to maturity
   
80,912
 
78,367
   
 
78,367
Loans receivable (1)
   
223,256
 
227,556
   
 
227,556
                       
Financial liabilities:
                     
Certificate of deposits
   
109,948
 
111,797
   
 
111,797
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
   
30,000
 
32,208
   
 
32,208
                       
(1) Includes impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as discussed above.
 

Methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values of financial assets and liabilities previously disclosed are as follows:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Securities Held to Maturity
 
The fair value for securities held to maturity is based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
 
Loans Receivable
 
The fair value of loans is based upon a multitude of sources, including assumed current market rates by category and the Bank’s current offering rates.  Both fixed and variable rate loan fair values are derived at using a discounted cash flow methodology.  For variable rate loans, repricing terms, including next reprice date, reprice frequency and reprice rate are factored into the discounted cash flow formula.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

The carrying amount of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock approximates fair value since the Company is generally able to redeem this stock at par.
 
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable
 
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate fair value due to the short term nature of these instruments.
 
Deposits
 
Fair values for demand deposits, savings accounts and club accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. Fair values of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on similar instruments with similar maturities.
 

 
F-53

 

Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
 
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
 
Fair values of advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently available to the Company for advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
 
Fair values of commitments to extend credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreement, into account market interest rates, the remaining terms, and the present credit worthiness of the counterparties.  As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of the commitments to extend credit was not considered to be material.   Note 17 - Parent Only Financial Statements
 
Note 17 - Parent Only Financial Statements
 
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
           
   
At
December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2014
   
2014
   
2013
 
     
(Restated)
 
Assets
                       
                         
Cash and due from banks
 
$
3,161
   
$
3,232
   
$
2,994
 
Loan receivable
   
903
     
996
     
1,172
 
Investments in subsidiaries
   
36,778
     
36,382
     
35,135
 
Other assets
   
235
     
178
     
1,172
 
                         
Total Assets
 
$
41,072
   
$
40,788
   
$
40,473
 
                         
Liabilities
                       
Other liabilities
 
$
47
   
$
100
   
$
1,082
 
Total liabilities
   
47
     
100
     
1,082
 
                         
Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Common stock
   
562
     
562
     
562
 
Paid-in capital
   
24,689
     
24,616
     
24,473
 
Retained earnings
   
21,766
     
21,548
     
20,560
 
Unallocated common stock held by ESOP
   
(674)
     
(759
)
   
(927
)
Treasury stock
   
(5,244)
     
(5,244
)
   
(5,244
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(74)
     
(35
)
   
(33
)
                         
Total Stockholders’ Equity
   
41,025
     
40,688
     
39,391
 
                         
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
$
41,072
   
$
40,788
   
$
40,473
 
                         

 

 
F-54

 

 
Note 17 - Parent Only Financial Statements (Continued)
 
Condensed Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
           
   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Years Ended
June 30,
 
   
2014
 
2013
 
2014
   
2013
 
       
(Unaudited)
           
    (In thousands)  
                             
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 
$
396
 
$
546
 
$
1,118
   
$
(1,272
)
Interest income
   
40
   
47
   
91
     
105
 
Non-interest expense
   
(179)
   
(125)
   
(226
)
   
(221
)
                             
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
   
257
   
468
   
983
     
(1,388
)
                             
Income tax expense(benefit)
   
39
   
(31)
   
(5
)
   
(3
)
                             
Net Income (Loss)
 
$
218
 
$
499
 
$
988
   
$
(1,385
)
                             
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
$
179
 
$
497
 
$
986
   
$
(1,317
)


 
F-55

 

Note 17 - Parent Only Financial Statements (Continued)
 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
   
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Years Ended
June 30,
 
   
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
 
       
(Unaudited)
         
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                         
Net income (loss)
 
$
218
 
$
499
 
$
988
 
$
(1,385
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash  provided by operating activities:
                         
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
   
(396
 
(546
 
(1,118
)
 
1,272
 
       Net change in other assets and liabilities
   
14
   
64
   
192
   
88
 
                           
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities
   
(164
 
17
   
62
   
(25
)
                           
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                         
Repayment of ESOP loan receivable
   
93
   
86
   
176
   
162
 
                           
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities
   
93
   
86
   
176
   
162
 
                           
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                         
Dividends paid to minority stockholders
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(56
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(476
)
Capital distribution to Bank
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(1,000
)
                           
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(1,532
)
                           
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
(71
 
103
   
238
   
(1,395
)
                           
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning
   
3,232
   
2,994
   
2,994
   
4,389
 
                           
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Ending
 
$
3,161
 
$
3,097
 
$
3,232
 
$
2,994
 


 
F-56

 

 
Note 18 - Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
The following is a condensed summary of quarterly results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014 and for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:
 

   
9/30/14
Quarter
   
12/31/14
Quarter
               
Interest income
 
$
2,987
   
$
2,981
Interest expense
   
591
     
582
               
Net Interest Income
   
2,396
     
2,399
               
Provision for loan losses
   
100
     
-
               
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
   
2,296
     
2,399
               
Non-interest income
   
162
     
162
Non-interest expenses
   
2,116
     
2,628
               
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
   
342
     
(67)
               
Income tax expense (benefit)
   
115
     
(58)
               
Net Income (Loss)
 
$
227
   
$
(9)
               
 Earnings (Loss) per share:
             
Basic and diluted
 
$
0.05
   
$
(0.00)


 
F-57

 


Note 18 - Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Continued)
 

   
Year Ended June 30, 2014
 
   
First
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
     
Fourth
Quarter
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                                   
Interest income
 
$
2,965
   
$
3,005
   
$
3,038
     
$
2,984
 
Interest expense
   
632
     
617
     
585
       
588
 
                                   
Net Interest Income
   
2,333
     
2,388
     
2,453
       
2,396
 
                                   
Provision for loan losses
   
150
     
150
     
150
       
150
 
                                   
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
   
2,183
     
2,238
     
2,303
       
2,246
 
                                   
Non-interest income
   
181
     
182
     
184
       
177
 
Non-interest expenses
   
1,987
     
2,037
     
2,117
       
2,017
 
                                   
Income before Income Taxes
   
377
     
383
     
370
       
406
 
                                   
Income tax expense
   
129
     
132
     
127
       
160
 
                                   
Net Income
 
$
248
   
$
251
   
$
243
     
$
246
 
                                   
 Earnings per share:
                                 
Basic and diluted
 
$
0.05
   
$
0.05
   
$
0.05
     
$
0.05
 

 

 
F-58

 

Note 18 - Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Continued)
 

   
Year Ended June 30, 2013
 
   
First
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
     
Fourth
Quarter
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                                   
Interest income
 
$
3,142
   
$
3,000
   
$
2,985
     
$
2,905
 
Interest expense
   
727
     
689
     
648
       
657
 
                                   
Net Interest Income
   
2,415
     
2,311
     
2,337
       
2,248
 
                                   
Provision for loan losses
   
746
     
2,973
     
175
       
150
 
                                   
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
   
1,669
     
(662
   
2,162
       
2,098
 
                                   
Non-interest income
   
159
     
162
     
159
       
170
 
Non-interest expenses
   
2,004
     
2,122
     
2,188
       
1,975
 
                                   
(Loss) Income before Income Taxes
   
(176
   
(2,622
   
133
       
293
 
                                   
Income tax (benefit) expense
   
(84
   
(1,047
   
44
       
100
 
                                   
Net (Loss) Income
 
$
(92
 
$
(1,575
 
$
89
     
$
193
 
                                   
(Loss) Earnings per share:
                                 
Basic and diluted
 
$
(0.02
 
$
(0.32
 
$
0.02
     
$
0.04
 

Note 19 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In January 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, which clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.  Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction.  For public entities, the guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014.  We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


 
F-59

 

Note 19 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP.  The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption  (which includes additional footnote disclosures).  We are currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the standard in 2017.
 
In June 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures, which amends previously issued guidance on this topic. The amendments in this Update require two accounting changes.  (1) repurchase-to-maturity transactions will be accounted for as secured borrowing transactions on the balance sheet, rather than sales and (2) for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with (or in contemplation of) a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which also will generally result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. This ASU also introduces new disclosures to increase transparency about the types of collateral pledged for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. The ASU also requires a transferor to disclose information about transactions accounted for as a sale in which the transferor retains substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial assets through an agreement with the transferee.  For public entities, the accounting changes and disclosure for certain transactions accounted for as a sale are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. The disclosure for transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. All entities are required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption.  We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 


 
F-60

 


Note 20 – Adoption of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
 
On November 17, 2014, the Boards of Directors of the Company, the Bank and the MHC adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the MHC will undertake a “second-step” conversion and both the MHC and the Company will cease to exist.  The Bank will reorganize from the two-tier mutual holding company form of organization to a fully-public stock holding company form of organization. The terms of the Plan provide for the sale of shares of a newly-formed holding company representing the MHC’s ownership interest in the Company and for the exchange of shares of the Company for shares of the new holding company pursuant to an exchange ratio designed to approximate the existing shareholders’ percentage ownership interest, after giving effect to assets held at the MHC level and dividends previously waived by the MHC as required by bank regulatory requirements.
 
MSB Financial Corp. (“MSB Financial – Maryland”), a Maryland-chartered holding company, will offer shares of its common stock for sale to the Bank’s eligible account holders, to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and to members of the general public in a subscription and community offering in the manner, and subject to the priorities, set forth in the Plan. The highest priority will be depositors with qualifying deposits as of September 30, 2013.
 
At the time of conversion, liquidation accounts will be established in an amount equal to the percentage of the outstanding shares of the Company owned by the MHC before completion of the conversion, multiplied by the Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final offering prospectus for the conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the MHC as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC before the effective date of the conversion. The liquidation accounts will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders (collectively, “eligible depositors”) who continue to maintain their deposit accounts in the Bank after the conversion. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank or the Bank and MSB Financial - Maryland (and only in such event), eligible depositors who continue to maintain accounts shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account before any liquidation may be made with respect to common stock. Neither MSB Financial - Maryland nor the Bank may declare or pay a cash dividend if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below either the amount required for the liquidation account or the regulatory capital requirements applicable to the Bank or MSB Financial - Maryland.
 
The transactions contemplated by the Plan of Conversion are subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company, the depositors of the Bank and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  If the conversion and offering are completed, eligible conversion and offering costs will be netted against the offering proceeds. If the conversion and offering are terminated, such costs will be expensed.

 
 
 
F-61

 
 


SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized as of March 3, 2015.
 
   
MSB FINANCIAL CORP.
   
 
 
By:
 

/s/ Michae A. Shriner
     
Michael A. Shriner
     
President and Chief Executive Officer
     
(Duly Authorized Representative)
 
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 3, 2015 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
/s/ Michael A. Shriner    /s/ W. Scott Gallaway 
Michael A. Shriner
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
W. Scott Gallaway
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
/s/ E. Haas Gallaway, Jr. 
 
/s/ Dr. Thomas G. McCain 
E. Haas Gallaway, Jr.
Director
 
Dr. Thomas G. McCain
Director

/s/ Donald J. Musso 
 
/s/ Ferdinand J. Rossi 
Donald J. Musso
Director
 
Ferdinand J. Rossi
Director

/s/ Gary T. Jolliffe 
 
 
/s/ Robert G. Russell, Jr. 
Gary T. Jolliffe
Director
 
Robert G. Russell, Jr.
Senior Vice President & Acting Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)